Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, 20083-20114 [2015-08481]
Download as PDF
Vol. 80
Tuesday,
No. 71
April 14, 2015
Part II
Department of Commerce
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska;
Notice
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20084
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XD782
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic
Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received an
application from SAExploration, Inc.
(SAE) for an Incidental Harassment
Authorization (IHA) to take marine
mammals, by harassment, incidental to
a marine 3-dimensional (3D) ocean
bottom node (OBN) seismic surveys
program in the state and federal waters
of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the
open-water season of 2015. Pursuant to
the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments
on its proposal to issue an IHA to SAE
to incidentally take, by Level A and
Level B Harassments, marine mammals
during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than May 14, 2015.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the
application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Chief, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West
Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The
mailbox address for providing email
comments is itp.guan@noaa.gov.
Comments sent via email, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. NMFS is not
responsible for comments sent to
addresses other than those provided
here.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm without change. All
Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
An electronic copy of the application
may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above, telephoning the
contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the
internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/permits/incidental.htm. The
following associated documents are also
available at the same internet address:
Plan of Cooperation. Documents cited in
this notice may also be viewed, by
appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
NMFS is also preparing draft
Environmental Assessment (EA) in
accordance with the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and
will consider comments submitted in
response to this notice as part of that
process. The draft EA will be posted at
the foregoing internet site.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Shane Guan, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce to allow,
upon request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public
for review.
An authorization for incidental
takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible
impact on the species or stock(s), will
not have an unmitigable adverse impact
on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an
impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely
to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.’’
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].
Summary of Request
On December 2, 2014, NMFS received
an application from SAE for the taking
of marine mammals incidental to a 3D
ocean bottom node (OBN) seismic
survey program in the Beaufort Sea.
After receiving NMFS comments, SAE
made revisions and updated its IHA
application on December 5, 2014,
January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and
again on February 16, 2015. In addition,
NMFS received the marine mammal
mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP)
from SAE on December 2, 2014, with an
updated version on January 29, 2015.
NMFS determined that the application
and the 4MP were adequate and
complete on February 17, 2015.
SAE proposes to conduct 3D OBN
seismic surveys in the state and federal
waters of the U.S. Beaufort Sea during
the 2015 Arctic open-water season. The
proposed activity would occur between
July 1 and October 15, 2015. The actual
seismic survey is expected to take
approximately 70 days, dependent of
weather. The following specific aspects
of the proposed activities are likely to
result in the take of marine mammals:
seismic airgun operations and
associated navigation sonar and vessel
movements. Takes, by Level A and/or
Level B Harassments, of individuals of
six species of marine mammals are
anticipated to result from the specified
activity.
SAE also conducted OBN seismic
surveys in the Beaufort Sea in the 2014
Arctic open-water season (79 FR 51963;
September 2, 2014).
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
On December 2, 2014, NMFS received
an application from SAE requesting an
authorization for the harassment of
small numbers of marine mammals
incidental to conducting an open-water
3D OBN seismic survey in the Beaufort
Sea off Alaska. After addressing
comments from NMFS and the peerreview panel, SAE modified its
application and submitted revised
applications on December 5, 2014,
January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and
again on February 16, 2015, with 4MP
on December 2, 2014 and an updated
version on January 29, 2015. SAE’s
proposed activities discussed here are
based on its February 17, 2015, IHA
application, and January 29, 2015, 4MP.
Dates and Duration
The proposed 3D OBN seismic survey
is planned for the 2015 open-water
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
season (July 1 to October 15). The actual
data acquisition is expected to take
approximately 70 days, dependent of
weather. Based on past similar seismic
shoots in the Beaufort Sea, SAE expects
that effective shooting would occur over
about 70% of the 70 days (or about 49
days).
Specified Geographic Region
SAE’s planned 3D seismic survey
would occur in the nearshore waters of
the Beaufort Sea between Harrison Bay
and the Sagavanirktok River delta. SAE
plans to survey a maximum of 777 km2
(300 mi2) in 2015, although the exact
location is currently unknown other
than it would occur somewhere within
the 4,562-km2 (1,761-m2) box shown in
Figure 1–1 of SAE’s IHA application.
Detailed Description of Activities
II. Acoustical Sources
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
I. Survey Design
The proposed marine seismic
operations will be based on a ‘‘recording
patch’’ or similar approach. Patches are
groups of six receiver lines and 32
source lines (Figure 1–2 of SAE’s IHA
application). Each receiver line has
submersible marine sensor nodes
tethered equidistant (50 m; 165 ft) from
each other along the length of the line.
Each node is a multicomponent system
containing three velocity sensors and a
hydrophone. Each receiver line is
approximately 8 km (5 mi) in length,
and are spaced approximately 402 m
(1,320 ft) apart. Each receiver patch is
19.4 km2 (7.5 mi2) in area. The receiver
patch is oriented such that the receiver
lines run parallel to the shoreline.
Source lines, 12 km (7.5 mi) long and
spaced 502 m (1,650 ft) apart, run
perpendicular to the receiver lines (and
perpendicular to the coast) and, where
possible, will extend approximately 5
km (3 mi) beyond the outside receiver
lines and approximately 4 km (2.5 mi)
beyond each of the ends of the receiver
lines. The outside dimensions of the
maximum shot area during a patch
shoot will be 12 km by 16 m (7.5 mi by
10 mi) or 192 km2 (75 mi2). It is
expected to take three to five days to
shoot a patch, or 49 km2 (18.75 mi2) per
day. Shot intervals along each source
line will be 50 m (165 ft). All shot areas
will be wholly contained within the
4,562-km2 survey box (see Figure 1–1 in
SAE’s IHA application), and, because of
the tremendous overlap in shot area
between adjacent patches, no more than
777 km2 (300 mi2) of actual area will be
shot in 2015.
During recording of one patch, nodes
from the previously surveyed patch will
be retrieved, recharged, and data
downloaded prior to redeployment of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
the nodes to the next patch. As patches
are recorded, receiver lines are moved
side to side or end to end to the next
patch location so that receiver lines
have continuous coverage of the
recording area.
Autonomous recording nodes lack
cables but will be tethered together
using a thin rope for ease of retrieval.
This rope will lay on the seabed surface,
as will the nodes, and will have no
effect on marine traffic. Primary vessel
positioning will be achieved using GPS
with the antenna attached to the airgun
array. Pingers deployed from the node
vessels will be used for positioning of
nodes. The geometry/patch could be
modified as operations progress to
improve sampling and operational
efficiency.
The acoustic sources of primary
concern are the airguns that will be
deployed from the seismic source
vessels. However, there are other noise
sources to be addressed including the
pingers and transponders associated
with locating receiver nodes, as well as
propeller noise from the vessel fleet.
Seismic Source Array
The primary seismic source for
offshore recording consists of a 620cubic-inch (in3), 8-cluster array,
although a 2 x 620-in3 array, totaling
1,240 in3, may be used in deeper waters
(>15 m). For conservative purposes,
exposure estimates are based on the
sound pressure levels associated with
the larger array. The arrays will be
centered approximately 15 m (50 ft)
behind the source vessel stern, at a
depth of 4 m (12 ft), and towed along
predetermined source lines at speeds
between 7.4 and 9.3 km/hr (4 and 5
knots). Two vessels with full arrays will
be operating simultaneously in an
alternating shot mode; one vessel
shooting while the other is recharging.
Shot intervals are expected to be about
16 s for each array resulting in an
overall shot interval of 8 s considering
the two alternating arrays. Operations
are expected to occur 24 hrs a day, with
actual daily shooting to total about 12
hrs.
Based on manufacturer specifications,
the 1,240-in3 array has a zero-peak
estimated sound source of 249 dB re 1
mPa @1 m (13.8 bar-m), with a root mean
square (rms) sound source of 224 dB re
1 mPa, while for the 620-in3 array the
zero-peak is 237 dB re 1 mPa (rms) (6.96
bar-m) with an rms source level of 218
dB re 1 mPa.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20085
Mitigation Airgun
A 10-in3 mitigation airgun will be
used during poor visibility conditions,
and is intended to (a) alert marine
mammals to the presence of airgun
activity, and (b) retain the option of
initiating a ramp-up to full operations
under poor visibility conditions. The
mitigation gun will be operated at
approximately one shot per minute
during these periods. The manufacturer
specifications indicate a 214 dB re 1 mPa
zero-peak (0.5 bar-m) sound source
equating to a 195 dB re 1 mPa rms
source.
Pingers and Transponders
An acoustical positioning (or pinger)
system will be used to position and
interpolate the location of the nodes. A
vessel-mounted transceiver calculates
the position of the nodes by measuring
the range and bearing from the
transceiver to a small acoustic
transponder fitted to every third node.
The transceiver uses sonar to interrogate
the transponders, which respond with
short pulses that are used in measuring
the range and bearing. The system
provides a precise location of every
node as needed for accurate
interpretation of the seismic data. The
transceiver to be used is the Sonardyne
Scout USBL, while transponders will be
the Sonardyne TZ/OBC Type 7815–000–
06. Because the transceiver and
transponder communicate via sonar,
they produce underwater sound levels.
The Scout USBL transceiver has a
transmission source level of 197 dB re
1 mPa @ 1 m and operates at frequencies
between 35 and 55 kHz. The
transponder produces short pulses of
184 to 187 dB re 1 mPa @ 1 m at
frequencies also between 35 and 55 kHz.
Both transceivers and transponders
produce noise levels just above or
within the most sensitive hearing range
of seals (10 to 30 kHz; Schusterman
1981) and odontocetes (12 to ∼100 kHz;
Wartzok and Ketten 1999), and the
functional hearing range of baleen
whales (20 Hz to 30 kHz; NRC 2003);
although baleen whale hearing is
probably most sensitive nearer 1 kHz
(Richardson et al. 1995). However, given
the low acoustical output, the range of
acoustical harassment to marine
mammals (for the 197 dB transceiver) is
about 100 m (328 ft), or significantly
less than the output from the airgun
arrays, and is not loud enough to reach
injury levels in marine mammals
beyond 9 m (30 ft). Marine mammals are
likely to respond to pinger systems
similar to airgun pulses, but only when
very close (a few meters) to the sources.
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20086
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
Vessels
and housing in the marine and
transition zone environments. The exact
vessels that will be used have not yet
Several offshore vessels will be
required to support recording, shooting,
been determined. However, the types of
vessels that will be used to fulfill these
roles are found in Table 1.
TABLE 1—VESSELS TO BE USED DURING SAE’S 3D OBN SEISMIC SURVEYS
Source level
(dB)
Vessel
Size (ft)
Activity and frequency
Source vessel 1 ..................................
Source vessel 2 ..................................
Node equipment vessel 1 ..................
Node equipment vessel 2 ..................
Mitigation/Housing vessel ...................
Crew transport vessel ........................
Bow picker 1 .......................................
Bow picker 2 .......................................
120
80
80
80
90
30
30
30
Seismic data acquisition; 24 hr operation ......................................................
Seismic data acquisition; 24 hr operation ......................................................
Deploying and retrieving nodes; 24 hr operation ...........................................
Deploying and retrieving nodes; 24 hr operation ...........................................
House crew; 24 hr operation ..........................................................................
Transport crew; intermittent 8 hrs ..................................................................
Deploying and retrieving nodes; intermittent operation ..................................
Deploying and retrieving nodes; intermittent operation ..................................
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Source Vessels—Source vessels will
have the ability to deploy two arrays off
the stern using large A-frames and
winches and have a draft shallow
enough to operate in waters less than
1.5 m (5 ft) deep. On the source vessels
the airgun arrays are typically mounted
on the stern deck with an umbilical that
allow the arrays to be deployed and
towed from the stern without having to
re-rig or move arrays. A large bow deck
will allow for sufficient space for source
compressors and additional airgun
equipment to be stored. The marine
vessels likely to be used will be the
same or similar to those that were
acoustically measured by Aerts et al.
(2008). The source vessels were found to
have sound source levels of 179.0 dB re
1 mPa (rms) and 165.7 dB re 1 mPa (rms).
Recording Deployment and Retrieval
Vessels—Jet driven shallow draft vessels
and bow pickers will be used for the
deployment and retrieval of the offshore
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
recording equipment. These vessels will
be rigged with hydraulically driven
deployment and retrieval squirters
allowing for automated deployment and
retrieval from the bow or stern of the
vessel. These vessels will also carry the
recording equipment on the deck in fish
totes. Aerts et al. (2008) found the
recording and deployment vessels to
have a source level of approximately
165.3 dB re 1 mPa (rms), while the
smaller bow pickers produce more
cavitation resulting in source levels of
171.8 dB re 1 mPa (rms).
Housing and Transfer Vessels—
Housing vessel(s) will be larger with
sufficient berthing to house crews and
management. The housing vessel will
have ample office and bridge space to
facilitate the role as the mother ship and
central operations. Crew transfer vessels
will be sufficiently large to safely
transfer crew between vessels as
needed. Aerts et al. (2008) found the
179
166
165
165
200
192
172
172
housing vessel to produce the loudest
propeller noise of all the vessels in the
fleet (200.1 dB re 1 mPa [rms]), but this
vessel is mostly anchored up once it
gets on site. The crew transfer vessel
also travels only infrequently relative to
other vessels, and is usually operated at
different speeds. During higher speed
runs to shore the vessel produces source
noise levels of about 191.8 dB re 1 mPa
(rms), while during slower on-site
movements the vessel source levels are
only 166.4 dB re 1 mPa (rms) (Aerts et
al. 2008).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse
assemblage of marine mammals. Table 2
lists the 12 marine mammal species
under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the
proposed project area.
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA
Common name
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Delphinapterus
leucas.
..............................
Common ......
Beluga whale (eastern
Chukchi Sea stock).
..............................
..............................
Common ......
Killer whale .....................
Orcinus orca ........
..............................
Harbor porpoise .............
Phocoena
phocoena.
Monodon
monoceros.
..............................
Occasional/
Extralimital.
Occasional/
Extralimital.
......................
Mostly spring and
fall with some
in summer.
Mostly spring and
fall with some
in summer.
Mostly summer
and early fall.
Mostly summer
and early fall.
.............................
Balaena
mysticetus.
Endangered; Depleted.
Common ......
Eschrichtius
robustus.
Balaenoptera
acutorostrata.
..............................
Somewhat
common.
......................
Odontocetes:
Beluga whale (Beaufort
Sea stock).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Narwhal ..........................
Mysticetes:
Bowhead whale * ...........
Gray whale .....................
Minke whale ...................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Scientific name
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
..............................
..............................
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Range
Mostly spring and
fall with some
in summer.
Mostly summer ...
.............................
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
Abundance
Mostly Beaufort
Sea.
39,258
Mostly Chukchi
Sea.
3,710
California to Alaska.
California to Alaska.
..............................
45,358
Russia to Canada
19,534
Mexico to the U.S.
Arctic Ocean.
..............................
19,126
14APN2
552
48,215
810–1,003
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
20087
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA—Continued
Common name
Humpback whale (Central North Pacific
stock) *.
Pinnipeds:
Bearded seal (Beringia
distinct population segment).
Ringed seal (Arctic
stock) *.
Scientific name
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Range
Abundance
Megaptera
novaeangliae.
Endangered; Depleted.
......................
.............................
..............................
21,063
Erigathus barbatus
Candidate ............
Common ......
Spring and summer.
155,000
Phoca hispida ......
Threatened; Depleted.
Common ......
Year round .........
Spotted seal ...................
Phoca largha .......
..............................
Common ......
Summer ..............
Ribbon seal ....................
Histriophoca
fasciata.
Species of concern.
Occasional ...
Summer ..............
Bering, Chukchi,
and Beaufort
Seas.
Bering, Chukchi,
and Beaufort
Seas.
Japan to U.S. Arctic Ocean.
Russia to U.S.
Arctic Ocean.
300,000
141,479
49,000
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
* Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species
in Table 2 are so rarely sighted in the
proposed project area that take is
unlikely. Minke whales are relatively
common in the Bering and southern
Chukchi Seas and have recently also
been sighted in the northeastern
Chukchi Sea (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke
et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in
the Beaufort Sea. They have not been
reported in the Beaufort Sea during the
Bowhead Whale Aerial Survey Project/
Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine
Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM) surveys
(Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet
and Treacy, 2005), and there was only
one observation in 2007 during vesselbased surveys in the region (Funk et al.,
2010). Humpback whales have not
generally been found in the Arctic
Ocean. However, subsistence hunters
have spotted humpback whales in low
numbers around Barrow, and there have
been several confirmed sightings of
humpback whales in the northeastern
Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al.,
2013; Clarke et al., 2013). The first
confirmed sighting of a humpback
whale in the Beaufort Sea was recorded
in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009),
when a cow and calf were observed 54
mi east of Point Barrow. No additional
sightings have been documented in the
Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common in
the waters of northern Canada, west
Greenland, and in the European Arctic,
but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea
(COSEWIC, 2004). Only a handful of
sightings have occurred in Alaskan
waters (Allen and Angliss, 2013). These
three species are not considered further
in this proposed IHA notice. Both the
walrus and the polar bear could occur
in the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these
species are managed by the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
not considered further in this Notice of
Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of
the bowhead whale migration route. The
main migration periods occur in spring
from April to June and in fall from late
August/early September through
October to early November. During the
fall migration, several locations in the
U.S. Beaufort Sea serve as feeding
grounds for bowhead whales. Small
numbers of bowhead whales that remain
in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S.
Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding or
calving area for any other cetacean
species. Ringed seals breed and pup in
the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not
occur during the summer or early fall.
Further information on the biology and
local distribution of these species can be
found in SAE’s application (see
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine
Mammal Stock Assessment Reports,
which are available online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that the types of
stressors associated with the specified
activity (e.g., seismic airgun and pinger
operation, vessel movement) have been
observed to or are thought to impact
marine mammals. This section may
include a discussion of known effects
that do not rise to the level of an MMPA
take (for example, with acoustics, we
may include a discussion of studies that
showed animals not reacting at all to
sound or exhibiting barely measurable
avoidance). The discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to
rise to the level of a take and those that
we do not consider to rise to the level
of a take. This section is intended as a
background of potential effects and does
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
not consider either the specific manner
in which this activity will be carried out
or the mitigation that will be
implemented or how either of those will
shape the anticipated impacts from this
specific activity. The ‘‘Estimated Take
by Incidental Harassment’’ section later
in this document will include a
quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken
by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis’’ section will include the
analysis of how this specific activity
will impact marine mammals and will
consider the content of this section, the
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, the ‘‘Mitigation’’
section, and the ‘‘Anticipated Effects on
Marine Mammal Habitat’’ section to
draw conclusions regarding the likely
impacts of this activity on the
reproductive success or survivorship of
individuals and from that on the
affected marine mammal populations or
stocks.
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon
consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or
water, and is generally characterized by
several variables. Frequency describes
the sound’s pitch and is measured in
hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while
sound level describes the sound’s
intensity and is measured in decibels
(dB). Sound level increases or decreases
exponentially with each dB of change.
The logarithmic nature of the scale
means that each 10-dB increase is a 10fold increase in acoustic power (and a
20-dB increase is then a 100-fold
increase in power). A 10-fold increase in
acoustic power does not mean that the
sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are
compared to a reference sound pressure
(micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20088
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
For air and water, these reference
pressures are ‘‘re: 20 mPa’’ and ‘‘re: 1
mPa,’’ respectively. Root mean square
(RMS) is the quadratic mean sound
pressure over the duration of an
impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging
the squares, and then taking the square
root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS
accounts for both positive and negative
values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be
accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels. This measurement is
often used in the context of discussing
behavioral effects, in part, because
behavioral effects, which often result
from auditory cues, may be better
expressed through averaged units rather
than by peak pressures.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms have been
derived using auditory evoked
potentials, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (though
animals are less sensitive to sounds at
the outer edge of their functional range
and most sensitive to sounds of
frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their
functional hearing range):
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz;
• Phocid pinnipeds in Water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 75 Hz and 100
kHz; and
• Otariid pinnipeds in Water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
between approximately 100 Hz and 40
kHz.
As mentioned previously in this
document, nine marine mammal species
(five cetaceans and four phocid
pinnipeds) may occur in the proposed
seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean
species likely to occur in the proposed
project area and for which take is
requested, two are classified as lowfrequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and
gray whales), two are classified as midfrequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga and
killer whales), and one is classified as
a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor
porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A
species functional hearing group is a
consideration when we analyze the
effects of exposure to sound on marine
mammals.
that vessel noise does not seem to
strongly affect pinnipeds that are
already in the water. Richardson et al.
(1995) went on to explain that seals on
haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to
the presence of vessels and at other
times appear to show considerable
tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
interest by other sounds, often at similar
frequencies. Marine mammals use
acoustic signals for a variety of
purposes, which differ among species,
but include communication between
individuals, navigation, foraging,
reproduction, avoiding predators, and
learning about their environment (Erbe
and Farmer, 2000). Masking, or auditory
interference, generally occurs when
1. Tolerance
sounds in the environment are louder
Numerous studies have shown that
than, and of a similar frequency as,
underwater sounds from industry
auditory signals an animal is trying to
activities are often readily detectable by receive. Masking is a phenomenon that
marine mammals in the water at
affects animals that are trying to receive
distances of many kilometers.
acoustic information about their
Numerous studies have also shown that environment, including sounds from
marine mammals at distances more than other members of their species,
a few kilometers away often show no
predators, prey, and sounds that allow
apparent response to industry activities
them to orient in their environment.
of various types (Miller et al., 2005; Bain Masking these acoustic signals can
and Williams, 2006). This is often true
disturb the behavior of individual
even in cases when the sounds must be
animals, groups of animals, or entire
readily audible to the animals based on
populations.
measured received levels and the
Masking occurs when anthropogenic
hearing sensitivity of that mammal
sounds and signals (that the animal
group. Although various baleen whales, utilizes) overlap at both spectral and
toothed whales, and (less frequently)
temporal scales. For the airgun sound
pinnipeds have been shown to react
generated from the proposed seismic
behaviorally to underwater sound such
survey, sound will consist of low
as airgun pulses or vessels under some
frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with
conditions, at other times mammals of
extremely short durations (less than one
all three types have shown no overt
second). Lower frequency man-made
reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;
sounds are more likely to affect
Richardson et al., 1995). Weir (2008)
detection of communication calls and
observed marine mammal responses to
other potentially important natural
seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array
sounds such as surf and prey noise.
firing a total volume of either 5,085 in3
There is little concern regarding
or 3,147 in3 in Angolan waters between
masking near the sound source due to
August 2004 and May 2005. Weir
the brief duration of these pulses and
recorded a total of 207 sightings of
relatively longer silence between airgun
humpback whales (n = 66), sperm
shots (approximately 5–6 seconds).
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted
However, at long distances (over tens of
dolphins (n = 17) and reported that
kilometers away), due to multipath
there were no significant differences in
propagation and reverberation, the
encounter rates (sightings/hr) for
durations of airgun pulses can be
humpback and sperm whales according ‘‘stretched’’ to seconds with long decays
to the airgun array’s operational status
(Madsen et al., 2006), although the
(i.e., active versus silent). The airgun
intensity of the sound is greatly
arrays used in the Weir (2008) study
reduced.
This could affect communication
were much larger than the array
signals used by low frequency
proposed for use during this seismic
mysticetes when they occur near the
survey (total discharge volumes of 620
noise band and thus reduce the
to 1,240 in3). In general, pinnipeds and
communication space of animals (e.g.,
small odontocetes seem to be more
Clark et al., 2009) and cause increased
tolerant of exposure to some types of
stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt
underwater sound than are baleen
et al., 2009). Marine mammals are
whales. Richardson et al. (1995) found
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
thought to be able to compensate for
masking by adjusting their acoustic
behavior by shifting call frequencies,
and/or increasing call volume and
vocalization rates. For example, blue
whales are found to increase call rates
when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic
right whales exposed to high shipping
noise increase call frequency (Parks et
al., 2007), while some humpback
whales respond to low-frequency active
sonar playbacks by increasing song
length (Miller el al., 2000). Bowhead
whale calls are frequently detected in
the presence of seismic pulses, although
the number of calls detected may
sometimes be reduced (Richardson et
al., 1986), possibly because animals
moved away from the sound source or
ceased calling (Blackwell et al., 2013).
Additionally, beluga whales have been
known to change their vocalizations in
the presence of high background noise
possibly to avoid masking calls (Lesage
et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
Although some degree of masking is
inevitable when high levels of manmade
broadband sounds are introduced into
the sea, marine mammals have evolved
systems and behavior that function to
reduce the impacts of masking.
Structured signals, such as the
echolocation click sequences of small
toothed whales, may be readily detected
even in the presence of strong
background noise because their
frequency content and temporal features
usually differ strongly from those of the
background noise (Au and Moore,
1990). The components of background
noise that are similar in frequency to the
sound signal in question primarily
determine the degree of masking of that
signal.
Redundancy and context can also
facilitate detection of weak signals.
These phenomena may help marine
mammals detect weak sounds in the
presence of natural or manmade noise.
Most masking studies in marine
mammals present the test signal and the
masking noise from the same direction.
The sound localization abilities of
marine mammals suggest that, if signal
and noise come from different
directions, masking would not be as
severe as the usual types of masking
studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,
1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes
from a particular anthropogenic source
such as a ship or industrial site.
Directional hearing may significantly
reduce the masking effects of these
sounds by improving the effective
signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
higher frequency hearing by the
bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and
killer whale, empirical evidence
confirms that masking depends strongly
on the relative directions of arrival of
sound signals and the masking noise
(Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain and Dahlheim,
1994). Toothed whales, and probably
other marine mammals as well, have
additional capabilities besides
directional hearing that can facilitate
detection of sounds in the presence of
background noise. There is evidence
that some toothed whales can shift the
dominant frequencies of their
echolocation signals from a frequency
range with a lot of ambient noise toward
frequencies with less noise (Moore and
Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990;
Romanenko and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et
al., 1999). A few marine mammal
species are known to increase the source
levels or alter the frequency of their
calls in the presence of elevated sound
levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Lesage et al.,
1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007, 2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009;
Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations
for reduced masking pertain mainly to
the very high frequency echolocation
signals of toothed whales. There is less
information about the existence of
corresponding mechanisms at moderate
or low frequencies or in other types of
marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular
separation between a sound source and
a masking noise source had little effect
on the degree of masking when the
sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast
to the pronounced effect at higher
frequencies. Directional hearing has
been demonstrated at frequencies as low
as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine
mammals, including killer whales
(Richardson et al., 1995). This ability
may be useful in reducing masking at
these frequencies. In summary, high
levels of sound generated by
anthropogenic activities may act to
mask the detection of weaker
biologically important sounds by some
marine mammals. This masking may be
more prominent for lower frequencies.
For higher frequencies, such as that
used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that
may allow them to reduce the effects of
such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally
react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are
often shown as: Changing durations of
surfacing and dives, number of blows
per surfacing, or moving direction and/
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20089
or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain
behavioral activities (such as socializing
or feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds
flushing into water from haulouts or
rookeries).
The biological significance of many of
these behavioral disturbances is difficult
to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However,
the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Examples of significant
behavioral modifications include:
• Drastic change in diving/surfacing
patterns (such as those thought to be
causing beaked whale stranding due to
exposure to military mid-frequency
tactical sonar);
• Habitat abandonment due to loss of
desirable acoustic environment; and
• Cessation of feeding or social
interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic noise depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
noise sources and their paths) and the
receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, current
activity, reproductive state) and is also
difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004;
Southall et al., 2007; Ellison et al.,
2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally
tend to avoid operating airguns, but
avoidance radii are quite variable.
Whales are often reported to show no
overt reactions to pulses from large
arrays of airguns at distances beyond a
few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise
levels out to much greater distances
(Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen
whales exposed to strong noise pulses
often react by deviating from their
normal migration route (Richardson et
al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the
sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but
within the natural boundaries of the
migration corridors (Schick and Urban,
2000; Richardson et al., 1999). Baleen
whale responses to pulsed sound,
however, may depend on the type of
activity in which the whales are
engaged. Some evidence suggests that
feeding bowhead whales may be more
tolerant of underwater sound than
migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005;
Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead,
and humpback whales have determined
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
20090
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
that received levels of pulses in the
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms range seem to
cause obvious avoidance behavior in a
substantial fraction of the animals
exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses
from large arrays of airguns diminish to
those levels at distances ranging from
2.8–9 mi (4.5–14.5 km) from the source.
For the much smaller airgun array used
during SAE’s proposed survey (total
discharge volume of 640 in3), distances
to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 mPa
rms range are estimated to be 0.5–3 mi
(0.8–5 km). Baleen whales within those
distances may show avoidance or other
strong disturbance reactions to the
airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes
sometimes become evident at somewhat
lower received levels, and recent studies
have shown that some species of baleen
whales, notably bowhead and
humpback whales, at times show strong
avoidance at received levels lower than
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms. Bowhead
whales migrating west across the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in
particular, are unusually responsive,
with avoidance occurring out to
distances of 12.4–18.6 mi (20–30 km)
from a medium-sized airgun source
(Miller et al., 1999; Richardson et al.,
1999). However, more recent research
on bowhead whales (Miller et al., 2005)
corroborates earlier evidence that,
during the summer feeding season,
bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic
sources. In summer, bowheads typically
begin to show avoidance reactions at a
received level of about 160–170 dB re 1
mPa rms (Richardson et al., 1986;
Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al.,
2005).
Malme et al. (1986) studied the
responses of feeding eastern gray whales
to pulses from a single 100 in3 airgun off
St. Lawrence Island in the northern
Bering Sea. They estimated, based on
small sample sizes, that 50% of feeding
gray whales ceased feeding at an average
received pressure level of 173 dB re 1
mPa on an (approximate) rms basis, and
that 10% of feeding whales interrupted
feeding at received levels of 163 dB.
Those findings were generally
consistent with the results of
experiments conducted on larger
numbers of gray whales that were
migrating along the California coast and
on observations of the distribution of
feeding Western Pacific gray whales off
Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a
seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007).
Data on short-term reactions (or lack of
reactions) of cetaceans to impulsive
noises do not necessarily provide
information about long-term effects.
While it is not certain whether
impulsive noises affect reproductive
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
rate or distribution and habitat use in
subsequent days or years, certain
species have continued to use areas
ensonified by airguns and have
continued to increase in number despite
successive years of anthropogenic
activity in the area. Gray whales
continued to migrate annually along the
west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and
much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al.,
1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each
summer despite seismic exploration in
their summer and autumn range for
many years (Richardson et al., 1987).
Populations of both gray whales and
bowhead whales grew substantially
during this time. In any event, the
proposed survey will occur in summer
(July through late August) when most
bowhead whales are commonly feeding
in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
During their study, Patenaude et al.
(2002) observed one bowhead whale
cow-calf pair during four passes totaling
2.8 hours of the helicopter and two pairs
during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of
49–98 ft (15–30 m). The mother dove
both times she was at the surface, and
the calf dove once out of the four times
it was at the surface. For the cow-calf
pair sightings during Twin Otter
overflights, the authors did not note any
behaviors specific to those pairs. Rather,
the reactions of the cow-calf pairs were
lumped with the reactions of other
groups that did not consist of calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore
and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray
whales to aircraft. Cow-calf pairs were
quite sensitive to a turboprop survey
flown at 1,000 ft (305 m) altitude on the
Alaskan summering grounds. In that
survey, adults were seen swimming over
the calf, or the calf swam under the
adult (Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same
aircraft circled for more than 10 minutes
at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group
of mating gray whales, no reactions
were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987,
cited in Moore and Clarke, 2002).
Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson
et al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002)
conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed
the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter
(estimated altitude=328 ft [100 m]), at
an average of three simulated passes per
minute. The authors observed that
whales changed their swimming course
and sometimes slowed down in
response to the playback sound but
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
proceeded to migrate past the
transducer. Migrating gray whales did
not react overtly to a Bell 212 helicopter
at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude,
occasionally reacted when the
helicopter was at 1,000–1,198 ft (305–
365 m), and usually reacted when it was
below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest
Research Associates, 1988, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that
study included abrupt turns or dives or
both. Greene et al. (1992, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995) observed that
migrating gray whales rarely exhibited
noticeable reactions to a straight-line
overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
m) altitude.
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are
available describing reactions of toothed
whales to noise pulses. However,
systematic work on sperm whales is
underway, and there is an increasing
amount of information about responses
of various odontocetes to seismic
surveys based on monitoring studies
(e.g., Stone, 2003). Miller et al. (2009)
conducted at-sea experiments where
reactions of sperm whales were
monitored through the use of controlled
sound exposure experiments from large
airgun arrays consisting of 20-guns and
31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales observed,
none changed their behavior when
exposed to either a ramp-up at 4–8 mi
(7–13 km) or full array exposures at 0.6–
8 mi (1–13 km).
Seismic operators and marine
mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed
whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a
tendency for most delphinids to show
some limited avoidance of seismic
vessels operating large airgun systems.
However, some dolphins seem to be
attracted to the seismic vessel and
floats, and some ride the bow wave of
the seismic vessel even when large
arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless,
there have been indications that small
toothed whales sometimes move away
or maintain a somewhat greater distance
from the vessel when a large array of
airguns is operating than when it is
silent (e.g., 1998; Stone, 2003). The
beluga may be a species that (at least in
certain geographic areas) shows longdistance avoidance of seismic vessels.
Aerial surveys during seismic
operations in the southeastern Beaufort
Sea recorded much lower sighting rates
of beluga whales within 10–20 km (6.2–
12.4 mi) of an active seismic vessel.
These results were consistent with the
low number of beluga sightings reported
by observers aboard the seismic vessel,
suggesting that some belugas might have
been avoiding the seismic operations at
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)
(Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of
more relevance in this project) beluga
whales exhibit changes in behavior
when exposed to strong pulsed sounds
similar in duration to those typically
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al.,
2002, 2005). However, the animals
tolerated high received levels of sound
(pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic
vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997–2000 have
provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales
exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were
found to be significantly farther from
large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no
shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was
approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or more.
Killer whales also appear to be more
tolerant of seismic shooting in deeper
water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large
arrays of airguns are variable and, at
least for delphinids, seem to be confined
to a smaller radius than has been
observed for mysticetes. However, based
on the limited existing evidence,
belugas should not be grouped with
delphinids in the ‘‘less responsive’’
category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that
beluga whales appeared to be more
responsive to aircraft overflights than
bowhead whales. Changes were
observed in diving and respiration
behavior, and some whales veered away
when a helicopter passed at ≤820 ft (250
m) lateral distance at altitudes up to 492
ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter.
Belugas appeared to show less response
to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter
overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to
show a strong avoidance reaction to the
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual
monitoring from seismic vessels has
shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
1996–2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of
Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
airguns with total volumes of 560 to
1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
that some seals avoid the immediate
area around seismic vessels. In most
survey years, ringed seal sightings
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
tended to be farther away from the
seismic vessel when the airguns were
operating than when they were not
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However,
these avoidance movements were
relatively small, on the order of 100 m
(328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100–200 m
(328–656 ft) of the trackline as the
operating airgun array passed by. Seal
sighting rates at the water surface were
lower during airgun array operations
than during no-airgun periods in each
survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals
are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds
from seal-scaring devices (Richardson et
al., 1995). However, initial telemetry
work suggests that avoidance and other
behavioral reactions by two other
species of seals to small airgun sources
may at times be stronger than evident to
date from visual studies of pinniped
reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,
1998). Even if reactions of the species
occurring in the present study area are
as strong as those evident in the
telemetry study, reactions are expected
to be confined to relatively small
distances and durations, with no longterm effects on pinniped individuals or
populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12
ringed seals during low-altitude
overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at
Northstar in June and July 2000 (9
observations took place concurrent with
pipe-driving activities). One seal
showed no reaction to the aircraft while
the remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either
by looking at the helicopter (n=10) or by
departing from their basking site (n=1).
Blackwell et al. (2004) concluded that
none of the reactions to helicopters were
strong or long lasting, and that seals
near Northstar in June and July 2000
probably had habituated to industrial
sounds and visible activities that had
occurred often during the preceding
winter and spring. There have been few
systematic studies of pinniped reactions
to aircraft overflights, and most of the
available data concern pinnipeds hauled
out on land or ice rather than pinnipeds
in the water (Richardson et al., 1995;
Born et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss
of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to detect them)
following exposure to an intense sound
or sound for long duration, it is referred
to as a noise-induced threshold shift
(TS). An animal can experience
temporary threshold shift (TTS) or
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS
can last from minutes or hours to days
(i.e., there is complete recovery), can
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20091
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,
an animal might only have a temporary
loss of hearing sensitivity between the
frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can
be of varying amounts (for example, an
animal’s hearing sensitivity might be
reduced initially by only 6 dB or
reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,
but some recovery is possible. PTS can
also occur in a specific frequency range
and amount as mentioned above for
TTS.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TS: effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all can
affect the amount of associated TS and
the frequency range in which it occurs.
As amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the
recovery time. For intermittent sounds,
less TS could occur than compared to a
continuous exposure with the same
energy (some recovery could occur
between intermittent exposures
depending on the duty cycle between
sounds) (Ward, 1997). For example, one
short but loud (higher SPL) sound
exposure may induce the same
impairment as one longer but softer
sound, which in turn may cause more
impairment than a series of several
intermittent softer sounds with the same
total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally,
though TTS is temporary, prolonged
exposure to sounds strong enough to
elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to
sound levels well above the TTS
threshold, can cause PTS, at least in
terrestrial mammals. Although in the
case of the proposed seismic survey,
animals are not expected to be exposed
to sound levels high for a long enough
period to result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS; however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20092
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
marine mammals, published data are
limited to the captive bottlenose
dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and
Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et
al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et
al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et
al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a;
Schlundt et al., 2006; Nachtigall et al.,
2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water,
data are limited to measurements of TTS
in harbor seals, an elephant seal, and
California sea lions (Kastak et al., 2005;
Kastelein et al., 2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, above). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that occurs during a
time where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds
present. Alternatively, a larger amount
and longer duration of TTS sustained
during time when communication is
critical for successful mother/calf
interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree
and frequency range, the effects of PTS
on an animal could range in severity,
although it is considered generally more
serious because it is a permanent
condition. Of note, reduced hearing
sensitivity as a simple function of aging
has been observed in marine mammals,
as well as humans and other taxa
(Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer
that strategies exist for coping with this
condition to some degree, though likely
not without cost.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might
occur in marine mammals exposed to
strong underwater sound. Possible types
of non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source
include stress, neurological effects,
bubble formation, and other types of
organ or tissue damage. Some marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
mammal species (i.e., beaked whales)
may be especially susceptible to injury
and/or stranding when exposed to
strong pulsed sounds.
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses;
neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the sympathetic part of the
autonomic nervous system and the
classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,
which includes the cardiovascular
system, the gastrointestinal system, the
exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart
rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity that humans commonly
associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses
have a relatively short duration and may
or may not have significant long-term
effects on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuroendocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987), altered metabolism
(Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune
competence (Blecha, 2000), and
behavioral disturbance. Increases in the
circulation of glucocorticosteroids
(cortisol, corticosterone, and
aldosterone in marine mammals; see
Romano et al., 2004) have been equated
with stress for many years.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic functions, which impair
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function. Note that these
examples involved a long-term (days or
weeks) stress response exposure to
stimuli.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
of other marine animals and terrestrial
animals would lead us to expect some
marine mammals experience
physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that
would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
reported on reductions in human
performance when faced with acute,
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and
Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that
accompanied damage to the inner ears
of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment
and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a
marine mammal’s ability to gather
information about its environment and
communicate with other members of its
species would induce stress, based on
data that terrestrial animals exhibit
those responses under similar
conditions (NRC, 2003) and because
marine mammals use hearing as their
primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,
we assume that acoustic exposures
sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS
would be accompanied by physiological
stress responses. More importantly,
marine mammals might experience
stress responses at received levels lower
than those necessary to trigger onset
TTS. Based on empirical studies of the
time required to recover from stress
responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also
assumes that stress responses could
persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and
direct noise-induced bubble formations
(Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in
the case of exposure to an impulsive
broadband source like an airgun array.
If seismic surveys disrupt diving
patterns of deep-diving species, this
might result in bubble formation and a
form of the bends, as speculated to
occur in beaked whales exposed to
sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to
airgun pulses. Additionally, no beaked
whale species occur in the proposed
project area.
In general, very little is known about
the potential for strong, anthropogenic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
underwater sounds to cause nonauditory physical effects in marine
mammals. Such effects, if they occur at
all, would presumably be limited to
short distances and to activities that
extend over a prolonged period. The
available data do not allow
identification of a specific exposure
level above which non-auditory effects
can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)
or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of
marine mammals that might be affected
in those ways. There is no definitive
evidence that any of these effects occur
even for marine mammals in close
proximity to large arrays of airguns,
which are not proposed for use during
this program. In addition, marine
mammals that show behavioral
avoidance of industry activities,
including bowheads, belugas, and some
pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to
incur non-auditory impairment or other
physical effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater
detonations of high explosive can be
killed or severely injured, and the
auditory organs are especially
susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993;
Ketten, 1995). Airgun pulses are less
energetic and their peak amplitudes
have slower rise times. To date, there is
no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can
occur from exposure to airgun pulses,
even in the case of large airgun arrays.
Additionally, SAE’s project will use
small and medium sized airgun arrays
in shallow water. NMFS does not expect
any marine mammals will incur serious
injury or mortality in the shallow waters
off Beaufort Sea or strand as a result of
the proposed seismic survey.
7. Potential Effects From Pingers on
Marine Mammals
Active acoustic sources other than the
airguns have been proposed for SAE’s
2015 seismic survey in Beaufort Sea,
Alaska. In general, the potential effects
of this equipment on marine mammals
are similar to those from the airguns,
except the magnitude of the impacts is
expected to be much less due to the
lower intensity of the source.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated
with vessel activity will temporarily
increase in the action area during SAE’s
seismic survey as a result of the
operation of about 8 vessels. To
minimize the effects of vessels and
noise associated with vessel activity,
SAE will alter speed if a marine
mammal gets too close to a vessel. In
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20093
addition, source vessels will be
operating at slow speed (4–5 knots)
when conducting surveys. Marine
mammal monitoring observers will alert
vessel captains as animals are detected
to ensure safe and effective measures are
applied to avoid coming into direct
contact with marine mammals.
Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates nor
authorizes takes of marine mammals
from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported
several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay,
Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between
118 to 124 dB in three cases for which
response and received levels were
observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed
line transect census data in which the
orientation and distance off transect line
were reported for large numbers of
minke whales. The authors developed a
method to account for effects of animal
movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion
speed, direction, and/or diving profile
were reported at ranges from 1,847 to
2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) at received levels
of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales,
killer whales, and harbor porpoises,
often show tolerance to vessel activity;
however, they may react at long
distances if they are confined by ice,
shallow water, or were previously
harassed by vessels (Richardson et al.,
1995). Beluga whale response to vessel
noise varies greatly from tolerance to
extreme sensitivity depending on the
activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et
al., 1995). Reactions to vessels depend
on whale activities and experience,
habitat, boat type, and boat behavior
(Richardson et al., 1995) and may
include behavioral responses, such as
altered headings or avoidance (Blane
and Jaakson, 1994; Erbe and Farmer,
2000); fast swimming; changes in
vocalizations (Lesage et al., 1999;
Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in
dive, surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on
pinniped responses to vessel activity,
and most of the information is anecdotal
(Richardson et al., 1995). Generally, sea
lions in water show tolerance to close
and frequently approaching vessels and
sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when
hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches
within 100–200 m (330–660 ft; reviewed
in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of the vessels and noise
due to vessel operations associated with
the seismic survey is not expected to
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20094
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
have effects that could cause significant
or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals or their
populations.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The primary potential impacts to
marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with
elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic
sources. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from
physical disturbance are also possible.
This section describes the potential
impacts to marine mammal habitat from
the specified activity. Because the
marine mammals in the area feed on
fish and/or invertebrates there is also
information on the species typically
preyed upon by the marine mammals in
the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the
Project Area
All of the marine mammal species
that may occur in the proposed project
area prey on either marine fish or
invertebrates. The ringed seal feeds on
fish and a variety of benthic species,
including crabs and shrimp. Bearded
seals feed mainly on benthic organisms,
primarily crabs, shrimp, and clams.
Spotted seals feed on pelagic and
demersal fish, as well as shrimp and
cephalopods. They are known to feed on
a variety of fish including herring,
capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod, saffron
cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed
primarily on pelagic fish and
invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs,
squid, octopus, cod, sculpin, pollack,
and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on
krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern
Beaufort Sea during summer and early
autumn but continue feeding to varying
degrees while on their migration
through the central and western
Beaufort Sea in the late summer and fall
(Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
When feeding in relatively shallow
areas, bowheads feed throughout the
water column. However, feeding is
concentrated at depths where
zooplankton is concentrated (Wursig et
al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and
Sheffield (2002) found that copepods
and euphausiids were the most common
prey found in stomach samples from
bowhead whales harvested in the
Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas
to the east of Barter Island (which is
approximately 120 mi east of SAE’s
proposed seismic area) appear to be
used regularly for feeding as bowhead
whales migrate slowly westward across
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
the Beaufort Sea (Thomson and
Richardson, 1987; Richardson and
Thomson [eds.], 2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted
bowhead whales feeding in several areas
of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow
area is commonly used as a feeding area
during spring and fall, with a higher
proportion of photographed individuals
displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A
bowhead whale feeding ‘‘hotspot’’
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms
on the western Beaufort Sea shelf off
Point Barrow in late summer and fall.
Favorable conditions concentrate
euphausiids and copepods, and
bowhead whales congregate to exploit
the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010,
Moore et al., 2010; Okkonen et al.,
2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead
whales feeding in the Camden Bay area
during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006–2008 BWASP Final Report
(Clarke et al., 2011a) and the 2009
BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al.,
2011b) note sightings of feeding
bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea
during the fall season. During that 4
year period, the largest groups of
feeding whales were sighted between
Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds
of miles to the west of Prudhoe Bay),
and none were sighted feeding in
Camden Bay (Clarke et al., 2011a,b).
Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
examined the raw BWASP data from the
years 2000–2009. They noted that
feeding behavior was noted more often
in September than October and that
while bowheads were observed feeding
throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea),
sightings were less frequent in the
central Alaskan Beaufort than they were
east of Kaktovik and west of Smith Bay.
Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) and Clarke et al. (2011b) refer
to information from Ashjian et al.
(2010), which describes the importance
of wind-driven currents that produce
favorable feeding conditions for
bowhead whales in the area between
Smith Bay and Point Barrow. Increased
winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn
may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the
area. Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
also note that the incidence of feeding
bowheads in the eastern Alaskan
Beaufort Sea has decreased since the
early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of
fish, shrimp, squid and octopus (Burns
and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga
whales occur nearshore; their main
migration route is much further
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
offshore. Like several of the other
species in the area, harbor porpoise feed
on demersal and benthic species,
mainly schooling fish and cephalopods.
Depending on the type of killer whale
(transient or resident), they feed on fish
and/or marine mammals. However,
harbor porpoises and killer whales are
not commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom
feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their
summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver
et al., 1983; Oliver and Slattery, 1985).
Farther south, gray whales have also
been observed feeding around kelp
beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans,
and on pelagic prey such as small
schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler
and Darling, 1974). However, the central
Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine
waters in the study area: (1) True marine
fish that spend all of their lives in salt
water, and (2) anadromous species that
reproduce in fresh water and spend
parts of their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are
small, benthic forms that do not feed
high in the water column. The majority
of these species are circumpolar and are
found in habitats ranging from deep
offshore water to water as shallow as
16.4–33 ft (5–10 m; Fechhelm et al.,
1995). The most important pelagic
species, and the only abundant pelagic
species, is the Arctic cod. The Arctic
cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic
levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986). In
summer, Arctic cod can form very large
schools in both nearshore and offshore
waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et
al., 1986). Locations and areas
frequented by large schools of Arctic
cod cannot be predicted but can be
almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a
major food source for beluga whales,
ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984;
Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and
some species of whitefish winter in
rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in
spring and summer, and return to fresh
water in autumn. Anadromous fish form
the basis of subsistence, commercial,
and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May
through mid-June (Johnson, 1980) and
spend about 1.5–2.5 months there
(Craig, 1989). They return to rivers
beginning in late July or early August
with the peak return migration
occurring between mid-August and
early September (Johnson, 1980). At sea,
most anadromous corregonids
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
(whitefish) remain in nearshore waters
within several kilometers of shore
(Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often
termed ‘‘amphidromous’’ fish in that
they make repeated annual migrations
into marine waters to feed, returning
each fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as
bottom dwelling creatures. Infaunal
organisms are benthic organisms that
live within the substrate and are often
sedentary or sessile (bivalves,
polychaetes). Epibenthic organisms live
on or near the bottom surface sediments
and are mobile (amphipods, isopods,
mysids, and some polychaetes).
Epifauna, which live attached to hard
substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea
because hard substrates are scarce there.
A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson
Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine
invertebrates of the Arctic are
circumpolar and are found over a wide
range of water depths (Carey et al.,
1975). Species identified include
polychaetes (Spio filicornis, Chaetozone
setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves
(Cryrtodaria kurriana, Nucula tenuis,
Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria
entomon), and amphipods (Pontoporeia
femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been
studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons and
near the mouth of the Colville River
(Kinney et al., 1971, 1972; Crane and
Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson
Lagoon, Harrison Bay, and the nearshore
region support a number of infaunal
species including crustaceans, mollusks,
and polychaetes. In areas influenced by
river discharge, seasonal changes in
salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic
organisms. Large fluctuations in salinity
and temperature that occur over a very
short time period, or on a seasonal basis,
allow only very adaptable, opportunistic
species to survive (Alexander et al.,
1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and
abundance of most species depends on
annual (or more frequent) recolonization
from deeper offshore waters (Woodward
Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice
scouring, particularly in water depths of
less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal
communities tend to be patchily
distributed. Diversity increases with
water depth until the shear zone is
reached at 49–82 ft (15–25 m; Carey,
1978). Biodiversity then declines due to
ice gouging between the landfast ice and
the polar pack ice (Woodward Clyde
Consultants, 1995).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
Potential Impacts From Sound
Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source
for odontocetes and seals, fish are
known to hear and react to sounds and
to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
et al., 1981) and possibly avoid
predators (Wilson and Dill, 2002).
Experiments have shown that fish can
sense both the strength and direction of
sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a
sound signal, and potentially react to it,
are the frequency of the signal and the
strength of the signal in relation to the
natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are
associated with behaviors that include
territoriality, mate search, courtship,
and aggression. It has also been
speculated that sound production may
provide the means for long distance
communication and communication
under poor underwater visibility
conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although
the fact that fish communicate at lowfrequency sound levels where the
masking effects of ambient noise are
naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely
be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and
acoustic signals of various temporal and
spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in
structure, depending on the mechanism
used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are
predominantly composed of low
frequencies (less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter
sound, fish are able to detect these
objects through monitoring the ambient
noise. Therefore, fish are probably able
to detect prey, predators, conspecifics,
and physical features by listening to
environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981).
There are two sensory systems that
enable fish to monitor the vibrationbased information of their surroundings.
The two sensory systems, the inner ear
and the lateral line, constitute the
acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of
very few fish species have been studied
to date, it is becoming obvious that the
intra- and inter-specific variability is
considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell
et al. (2004) compiled and published
available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological
recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly
used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most
fish have their best hearing in the lowfrequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz).
Even though some fish are able to detect
sounds in the ultrasonic frequency
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20095
range, the thresholds at these higher
frequencies tend to be considerably
higher than those at the lower end of the
auditory frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of
sound on marine fish species can be
divided into the following categories: (1)
Pathological effects; (2) physiological
effects; and (3) behavioral effects.
Pathological effects include lethal and
sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary
and secondary stress responses; and
behavioral effects include changes in
exhibited behaviors of fish. Behavioral
changes might be a direct reaction to a
detected sound or a result of the
anthropogenic sound masking natural
sounds that the fish normally detect and
to which they respond. The three types
of effects are often interrelated in
complex ways. For example, some
physiological and behavioral effects
could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings
and Popper (2005) reviewed what is
known about the effects of sound on
fishes and identified studies needed to
address areas of uncertainty relative to
measurement of sound and the
responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/
2004) also published a paper that
reviews the effects of anthropogenic
sound on the behavior and physiology
of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound
on marine fish include TTS, physical
damage to the ear region, physiological
stress responses, and behavioral
responses such as startle response,
alarm response, avoidance, and perhaps
lack of response due to masking of
acoustic cues. Most of these effects
appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do
not significantly impact the fish at a
population level. The studies that
resulted in physical damage to the fish
ears used noise exposure levels and
durations that were far more extreme
than would be encountered under
conditions similar to those expected
during SAE’s proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish
will react or alter its behavior is usually
well above the detection level. Fish
have been found to react to sounds
when the sound level increased to about
20 dB above the detection level of 120
dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response
threshold can depend on the time of
year and the fish’s physiological
condition (Engas et al., 1993). In
general, fish react more strongly to
pulses of sound rather than a
continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981),
such as the type of sound that will be
produced by the drillship, and a quicker
alarm response is elicited when the
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
20096
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
sound signal intensity rises rapidly
compared to sound rising more slowly
to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in
relation to vessel noise (Olsen et al.,
1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990)
have shown that fish react when the
sound from the engines and propeller
exceeds a certain level. Avoidance
reactions have been observed in fish
such as cod and herring when vessels
approached close enough that received
sound levels are 110 dB to 130 dB
(Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and
Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988).
However, other researchers have found
that fish such as polar cod, herring, and
capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim
toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 2006).
Typical sound source levels of vessel
noise in the audible range for fish are
150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al.,
1995a). In calm weather, ambient noise
levels in audible parts of the spectrum
lie between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior.
Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the
reactions of whiting (hake) in the field
to an airgun. When the airgun was fired,
the fish dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55
m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound
levels were higher than 178 dB re 1 mPa
(Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a
controlled experiment to determine
effects of strong noise pulses on several
species of rockfish off the California
coast. They used an airgun with a
source level of 223 dB re 1 mPa. They
noted:
• Startle responses at received levels
of 200–205 dB re 1 mPa and above for
two sensitive species, but not for two
other species exposed to levels up to
207 dB;
• Alarm responses at 177–180 dB for
the two sensitive species, and at 186 to
199 dB for other species;
• An overall threshold for the above
behavioral response at about 180 dB;
• An extrapolated threshold of about
161 dB for subtle changes in the
behavior of rockfish; and
• A return to pre-exposure behaviors
within the 20–60 minute exposure
period.
In summary, fish often react to
sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency.
Sound pulses at received levels of 160
dB re 1 mPa may cause subtle changes
in behavior. Pulses at levels of 180 dB
may cause noticeable changes in
behavior (Chapman and Hawkins, 1969;
Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992). It also appears that fish often
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
habituate to repeated strong sounds
rather rapidly, on time scales of minutes
to an hour. However, the habituation
does not endure, and resumption of the
strong sound source may again elicit
disturbance responses from the same
fish.
Some of the fish species found in the
Arctic are prey sources for odontocetes
and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to
sounds produced by SAEs proposed
survey would only be relevant to marine
mammals if it caused concentrations of
fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes
of sufficient magnitude to cause that
type of reaction would probably occur
only very close to the sound source, if
any would occur at all. Impacts on fish
behavior are predicted to be
inconsequential. Thus, feeding
odontocetes and pinnipeds would not
be adversely affected by this minimal
loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey
abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead
whales, feed on concentrations of
zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead
whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but
feeding bowheads are more likely to
occur in the area after the cessation of
airgun operations. Reactions of
zooplankton to sound are, for the most
part, not known. Their ability to move
significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton.
Behavior of zooplankters is not expected
to be affected by the survey. These
animals have exoskeletons and no air
bladders. Many crustaceans can make
sounds, and some crustacea and other
invertebrates have some type of sound
receptor. A reaction by zooplankton to
sounds produced by the seismic survey
would only be relevant to whales if it
caused concentrations of zooplankton to
scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient
magnitude to cause that type of reaction
would probably occur only very close to
the sound source, if any would occur at
all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior
are predicted to be inconsequential.
Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss
or scattering, if any, of reduced
zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion,
the proposed activity is not expected to
have any habitat-related effects that
could cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses
(where relevant).
For the proposed SAE open-water 3D
OBN seismic surveys in the Beaufort
Sea, NMFS worked with SAE to propose
the following mitigation measures to
minimize the potential impacts to
marine mammals in the project vicinity
as a result of SAE’s survey activities.
The primary purpose of these mitigation
measures is to detect marine mammals
within, or about to enter, designated
exclusion zones and to initiate
immediate shutdown or power down of
the airgun(s).
(1) Establishing Exclusion and
Disturbance Zones
Under current NMFS guidelines, the
‘‘exclusion zone’’ for marine mammal
exposure to impulse sources is
customarily defined as the area within
which received sound levels are ≥180
dB (rms) re 1 mPa for cetaceans and ≥190
dB (rms) re 1 mPa for pinnipeds. These
safety criteria are based on an
assumption that SPL received at levels
lower than these will not injure these
animals or impair their hearing abilities,
but at higher levels might have some
such effects. Disturbance or behavioral
effects to marine mammals from
underwater sound may occur after
exposure to sound at distances greater
than the exclusion zones (Richardson et
al. 1995). Currently, NMFS uses 160 dB
(rms) re 1 mPa as the threshold for Level
B behavioral harassment from impulse
noise.
In 2014, Heath et al. (2014) conducted
a sound source verification (SSV) of the
very same 620-in3 array SAE plans to
use in 2015. The SSV was conducted in
generally the same survey area of SAE’s
planned 2015 work. They empirically
determined that the distances to the
190, 180, and 160 dB isopleths for
sound pressure levels emanating from
the 620-in3 array was 195, 635, and
1,820 m, respectively (Table 3). Heath et
al. (2014) also measured sound pressure
levels from an active 10-in3 gun during
SAE’s 2014 Beaufort operations and
found noise levels exceeding 190 dB
extended out 54 m, exceeding 180 dB
out to 188 m, and exceeding 160 dB out
to 1,050 m (Table 3).
Sound source studies have not been
done for the 1,240-in3 array; however,
Austin and Warner (2013) conducted a
sound source verification of a 1,200-in3
array operated by SAE in Cook Inlet
found the radius to the 190 dB isopleth
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20097
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
to be 250 m, to the 180 dB isopleth to
be 910 m, and to the 160 dB isopleth to
be 5,200 m. These are the distance
values SAE intends to use before the
SSV for the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays are
obtained before the survey. If SAE plans
to use the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays, SSV
of these zones will be empirically
measured before the 2015 open-water
seismic survey for monitoring and
mitigation measures.
TABLE 3—SUMMARY OF AIRGUN ARRAY SOURCE LEVELS AND PROPOSED EXCLUSION ZONE AND ZONES OF INFLUENCE
RADII
Array size
(in3)
Source level
(dB)
10 .....................................................................................................................
620 ...................................................................................................................
1,240 * ..............................................................................................................
190 dB radius
(m)
180 dB radius
(m)
160 dB radius
(m)
54
195
250
188
635
910
1,050
1,820
5,200
195
218
224
* Denotes modelled source level that need to be empirically measured before the seismic survey.
(2) Vessel Related Mitigation Measures
These mitigation measures apply to
all vessels that are part of SAE’s
Beaufort Sea seismic survey activities,
including supporting vessels.
• Avoid concentrations or groups of
whales. Operators of vessels should, at
all times, conduct their activities at the
maximum distance possible from such
concentrations or groups of whales.
• If any vessel approaches within 1.6
km (1 mi) of observed whales, except
when providing emergency assistance to
whalers or in other emergency
situations, the vessel operator will take
reasonable precautions to avoid
potential interaction with the whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
Æ Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
Æ Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
Æ Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
Æ Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
Æ Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
• Reduce vessel speed, not to exceed
5 knots, when weather conditions
require, such as when visibility drops,
to avoid the likelihood of injury to
whales.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
(3) Mitigation Measures for Airgun
Operations
The primary requirements for airgun
mitigation during the seismic surveys
are to monitor marine mammals near
the airgun array during all daylight
airgun operations and during any
nighttime start-up of the airguns and, if
any marine mammals are observed, to
adjust airgun operations, as necessary,
according to the mitigation measures
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
described below. During the seismic
surveys, PSOs will monitor the preestablished exclusion zones for the
presence of marine mammals. When
marine mammals are observed within,
or about to enter, designated safety
zones, PSOs have the authority to call
for immediate power down (or
shutdown) of airgun operations, as
required by the situation. A summary of
the procedures associated with each
mitigation measure is provided below.
Ramp Up Procedure
A ramp up of an airgun array provides
a gradual increase in sound levels, and
involves a step-wise increase in the
number and total volume of airguns
firing until the full volume is achieved.
The purpose of a ramp up (or ‘‘soft
start’’) is to ‘‘warn’’ cetaceans and
pinnipeds in the vicinity of the airguns
and to provide time for them to leave
the area and thus avoid any potential
injury or impairment of their hearing
abilities.
During the open-water survey
program, the seismic operator will ramp
up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp
ups (i.e., from a cold start after a
shutdown, when no airguns have been
firing) will begin by firing a single
airgun in the array (i.e., the mitigation
airgun). A full ramp up, after a
shutdown, will not begin until there has
been a minimum of 30 minutes of
observation of the safety zone by PSOs
to assure that no marine mammals are
present. The entire exclusion zone must
be visible during the 30-minute lead-in
to a full ramp up. If the entire exclusion
zone is not visible, then ramp up from
a cold start cannot begin. If a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute watch prior
to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed
until the marine mammal is sighted
outside of the exclusion zone or the
animal is not sighted for at least 15
minutes, for small odontocetes (harbor
porpoise) and pinnipeds, or 30 minutes,
for baleen whales and large odontocetes
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(including beluga and killer whales and
narwhal).
Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During
Turns and Transits
Throughout the seismic survey,
during turning movements and short
transits, SAE will employ the use of the
smallest-volume airgun (i.e., ‘‘mitigation
airgun’’) to deter marine mammals from
being within the immediate area of the
seismic operations. The mitigation
airgun will be operated at
approximately one shot per minute and
will not be operated for longer than
three hours in duration (turns may last
two to three hours for the project).
During turns or brief transits (i.e., less
than three hours) between seismic
tracklines, one mitigation airgun will
continue operating. The ramp up
procedures described above will be
followed when increasing the source
levels from the one mitigation airgun to
the full airgun array. However, keeping
one airgun firing during turns and brief
transits will allow SAE to resume
seismic surveys using the full array
without having to ramp up from a ‘‘cold
start,’’ which requires a 30-minute
observation period of the full exclusion
zone and is prohibited during darkness
or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs
will be on duty whenever the airguns
are firing during daylight and during the
30-minute periods prior to ramp-ups
from a ‘‘cold start.’’
Power Down and Shutdown Procedures
A power down is the immediate
reduction in the number of operating
energy sources from all firing to some
smaller number (e.g., a single mitigation
airgun). A shutdown is the immediate
cessation of firing of all energy sources.
The array will be immediately powered
down whenever a marine mammal is
sighted approaching close to or within
the applicable exclusion zone of the full
array, but is outside the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun. If a marine mammal is sighted
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20098
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
within or about to enter the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, the entire array will be shut
down (i.e., no sources firing). In
addition, SAE will implement
shutdown measures when aggregations
of bowhead whales or gray whales that
appear to be engaged in non-migratory
significant biological behavior (e.g.,
feeding, socializing) are observed within
the 160-dB harassment zone around the
seismic operations.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Poor Visibility Conditions
SAE plans to conduct 24-hour
operations. PSOs will not be on duty
during ongoing seismic operations
during darkness, given the very limited
effectiveness of visual observation at
night (there will be no periods of
darkness in the survey area until midAugust). The provisions associated with
operations at night or in periods of poor
visibility include the following:
• If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness (which may be
encountered starting in late August), the
full 180 dB exclusion zone is not
visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shutdown.
• If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated SAE’s
proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in
the context of ensuring that NMFS
prescribes the means of effecting the
least practicable impact on the affected
marine mammal species and stocks and
their habitat. Our evaluation of potential
measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one
another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measures are
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed
by NMFS should be able to accomplish,
have a reasonable likelihood of
accomplishing (based on current
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may
contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of seismic airguns, or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
3. A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
seismic airguns or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of seismic
airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to 1, above, or
to reducing the severity of harassment
takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of
adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the
food base, activities that block or limit
passage to or from biologically
important areas, permanent destruction
of habitat, or temporary destruction/
disturbance of habitat during a
biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on marine mammals
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance. Proposed measures to
ensure availability of such species or
stock for taking for certain subsistence
uses are discussed later in this
document (see ‘‘Impact on Availability
of Affected Species or Stock for Taking
for Subsistence Uses’’ section).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking.’’ The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that will result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed
action area. SAE submitted a marine
mammal monitoring plan as part of the
IHA application. The plan may be
modified or supplemented based on
comments or new information received
from the public during the public
comment period or from the peer review
panel (see the ‘‘Monitoring Plan Peer
Review’’ section later in this document).
Monitoring measures prescribed by
NMFS should accomplish one or more
of the following general goals:
1. An increase in our understanding
of the likely occurrence of marine
mammal species in the vicinity of the
action, i.e., presence, abundance,
distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding
of the nature, scope, or context of the
likely exposure of marine mammal
species to any of the potential stressor(s)
associated with the action (e.g. sound or
visual stimuli), through better
understanding of one or more of the
following: the action itself and its
environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and
ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern);
the likely co-occurrence of marine
mammal species with the action (in
whole or part) associated with specific
adverse effects; and/or the likely
biological or behavioral context of
exposure to the stressor for the marine
mammal (e.g. age class of exposed
animals or known pupping, calving or
feeding areas).
3. An increase in our understanding
of how individual marine mammals
respond (behaviorally or
physiologically) to the specific stressors
associated with the action (in specific
contexts, where possible, e.g., at what
distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding
of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or
anticipated combinations of stressors,
may impact either: the long-term fitness
and survival of an individual; or the
population, species, or stock (e.g.
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival).
5. An increase in our understanding
of how the activity affects marine
mammal habitat, such as through effects
on prey sources or acoustic habitat (e.g.,
through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources
to rising ambient noise levels and
assessment of the potential chronic
effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the
impacts of the activity on marine
mammals in combination with the
impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in
the region.
7. An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of mitigation and
monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals (through
improved technology or methodology),
both specifically within the safety zone
(thus allowing for more effective
implementation of the mitigation) and
in general, to better achieve the above
goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
Monitoring will provide information
on the numbers of marine mammals
potentially affected by the exploration
operations and facilitate real-time
mitigation to prevent injury of marine
mammals by industrial sounds or
activities. These goals will be
accomplished in the Beaufort Sea
during 2015 by conducting vessel-based
monitoring and passive acoustic
monitoring to document marine
mammal presence and distribution in
the vicinity of the survey area.
Visual monitoring by Protected
Species Observers (PSOs) during
seismic survey operations, and periods
when these surveys are not occurring,
will provide information on the
numbers of marine mammals potentially
affected by these activities and facilitate
real-time mitigation to prevent impacts
to marine mammals by industrial
sounds or operations. Vessel-based
PSOs onboard the survey vessels and
mitigation vessel will record the
numbers and species of marine
mammals observed in the area and any
observable reaction of marine mammals
to the survey activities in the Beaufort
Sea.
Visual-Based PSOs
The visual-based marine mammal
monitoring will be implemented by a
team of experienced PSOs, including
both biologists and Inupiat personnel.
PSOs will be stationed aboard both
survey vessels through the duration of
the project. The vessel-based marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
mammal monitoring will provide the
basis for real-time mitigation measures
as discussed in the Mitigation Measures
section. In addition, monitoring results
of the vessel-based monitoring program
will include the estimation of the
number of ‘‘takes’’ as stipulated in the
IHA.
(1) PSOs
Vessel-based monitoring for marine
mammals will be done by trained PSOs
throughout the period of survey
activities. The observers will monitor
the occurrence of marine mammals near
the survey vessel during all daylight
periods during operation, and during
most daylight periods when operations
are not occurring. PSO duties will
include watching for and identifying
marine mammals; recording their
numbers, distances, and reactions to the
survey operations; and documenting
‘‘take by harassment.’’
A sufficient number of PSOs will be
required onboard each survey vessel to
meet the following criteria:
• 100% Monitoring coverage during
all periods of survey operations in
daylight;
• Maximum of 4 consecutive hours
on watch per PSO; and
• Maximum of 12 hours of watch
time per day per PSO.
PSO teams will consist of Inupiat
observers and experienced field
biologists. Each vessel will have an
experienced field crew leader to
supervise the PSO team. The total
number of PSOs may decrease later in
the season as the duration of daylight
decreases.
(2) PSO Role and Responsibilities
When onboard the seismic and
support vessels, there are three major
parts to the PSO position:
• Observe and record sensitive
wildlife species;
• Ensure mitigation procedures are
followed accordingly; and
• Follow monitoring and data
collection procedures.
The main roles of the PSO and the
monitoring program are to ensure
compliance with regulations set in place
by NMFS to ensure that disturbance of
marine mammals is minimized, and
potential effects on marine mammals are
documented. The PSOs will implement
the monitoring and mitigation measures
specified in the IHA (if issued). The
primary purposes of the PSOs on board
of the vessels are:
• Mitigation: Implement mitigation
clearing and ramp up measures, observe
for and detect marine mammals within,
or about to enter the applicable safety
zone and implement necessary shut
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20099
down, power down and speed/course
alteration mitigation procedures when
applicable. Advise marine crew of
mitigation procedures.
• Monitoring: Observe for marine
mammals and determine numbers of
marine mammals exposed to sound
pulses and their reactions (where
applicable) and document those as
required.
(3) Observer Qualifications and Training
Crew leaders and most PSOs will be
individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic, site
clearance and shallow hazards, and
other monitoring projects in Alaska or
other offshore areas in recent years. New
or inexperienced PSOs will be paired
with an experienced PSO or
experienced field biologist so that the
quality of marine mammal observations
and data recording is kept consistent.
Biologist-observers will have previous
marine mammal observation experience,
and field crew leaders will be highly
experienced with previous vessel-based
marine mammal monitoring and
mitigation projects. Resumes for those
individuals will be provided to NMFS
for review and acceptance of their
qualifications. Inupiat observers will be
experienced in the region and familiar
with the marine mammals of the area.
All observers will complete a NMFSapproved observer training course
designed to familiarize individuals with
monitoring and data collection
procedures.
PSOs will complete a 2-day or 3-day
training and refresher session on marine
mammal monitoring, to be conducted
shortly before the anticipated start of the
2015 open-water season. Any
exceptions will have or receive
equivalent experience or training. The
training session(s) will be conducted by
qualified marine mammalogists with
extensive crew-leader experience during
previous vessel-based seismic
monitoring programs.
(4) Marine Mammal Observer Protocol
Source vessels will employ PSOs to
identify marine mammals during all
hours of airgun operations. To better
observe the exclusion zone, a lead PSO,
one or two PSOs, and an Inupiaq
communicator will be on primary
source vessel and two PSOs will be
stationed aboard the secondary source
vessel. (The total number of observers is
limited by available berthing space
aboard the vessels.) The three to four
total observers aboard the primary
source vessel will allow two observers
simultaneously on watch during
daylight hours.
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20100
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
The PSOs will watch for marine
mammals during all periods of source
operations and for a minimum of 30
minutes prior to the planned start of
airgun or pinger operations after an
extended shutdown. Marine mammal
monitoring shall continue throughout
airgun operations and last for 30
minutes after the finish of airgun firing.
SAE vessel crew and operations
personnel will also watch for marine
mammals, as practical, to assist and
alert the PSOs for the airgun(s) to be
shut down if marine mammals are
observed in or about to enter the
exclusion zone.
The PSOs will watch for marine
mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels,
typically the bridge. The PSOs will scan
the area around the vessel
systematically with reticle binoculars
(e.g., 7 × 50 and 16–40 × 80) and with
the naked eye. Laser range finders (Leica
LRF 1200 laser rangefinder or
equivalent) will be available to assist
with distance estimation.
The observers will give particular
attention to the areas within the marine
mammal exclusion zones around the
source vessels. These zones are the
maximum distances within which
received levels may exceed 180 dB (rms)
re 1 mPa (rms) for cetaceans, or 190 dB
(rms) re 1 mPa for pinnipeds.
When a marine mammal is seen
approaching or within the exclusion
zone applicable to that species, the
seismic survey crew will be notified
immediately so that mitigation measures
called for in the applicable
authorization(s) can be implemented.
Night-vision equipment (Generation 3
binocular image intensifiers or
equivalent units) will be available for
use if and when needed. Past experience
with night-vision devices (NVDs) in the
Beaufort Sea and elsewhere has
indicated that NVDs are not nearly as
effective as visual observation during
daylight hours (e.g., Harris et al. 1997,
1998; Moulton and Lawson 2002).
(5) Field Data-Recording
The PSOs will record field
observation data and information about
marine mammal sightings that include:
• Species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable);
• Physical description of features that
were observed or determined not to be
present in the case of unknown or
unidentified animals;
• Behavior when first sighted and
after initial sighting, heading (if
consistent);
• Bearing and distance from observer,
apparent reaction to activities (e.g.,
none, avoidance, approach, paralleling,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
etc.), closest point of approach, and
behavioral pace;
• Time, location, speed, and activity
of the source and mitigation vessels, sea
state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare;
and
• Positions of other vessel(s) in the
vicinity.
Acoustic Monitoring
(1) Sound Source Measurements
Since the same airgun array of 620 in3
and a single mitigation airgun of 10 in3
to be used were empirically measured in
the generally same seismic survey
vicinity in 2014 (Heath 2014), NMFS
does not think additional SSV tests for
this array and a single airgun is
necessary for the 2015 seismic survey.
However, if SAE decides to use the
1,240 in3 airgun arrays for deeper water,
SSV on these arrays is required before
the commencement of the surveys.
Results of the acoustic characterization
and SSV will be used to establish the
190 dB, 180 dB, 170 dB, and 160 dB
isopleths for the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays.
The results of the SSV will be
submitted to NMFS within five days
after completing the measurements,
followed by a report to be submitted
within 14 days after completion of the
measurements. A more detailed report
will be provided to NMFS as part of the
required 90-day report following
completion of the acoustic program.
(2) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
SAE proposes to conduct Passive
Acoustical Monitoring (PAM) using
specialized autonomous passive
acoustical recorders. These recorders
will be deployed on the seabed and will
record continuously. The recorders will
sit directly on the seabed and will be
attached to a ground line with a small
weight at its end. Each recorder will be
retrieved by using a grapple to catch the
ground line and recover the unit.
PAM Deployment
Passive acoustic recorders will be
deployed in an arrangement
surrounding the survey area for the
purposes of PAM. The data collected
will be used for post-season analysis of
marine mammal vocalization detections
to help inform an assessment of
potential disturbance effects. The PAM
data will also provide information about
the long-range propagation of the airgun
noise.
Data Analysis
PAM recordings will be processed at
the end of the season using marine
mammal detection and classification
software capable of detecting
vocalizations from marine mammals.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Particular attention will be given to the
detection of bowhead whale
vocalizations since this is a species of
particular concern due to its importance
for local subsistence hunting.
PAM recordings will also be used to
detect and quantify airgun pulses from
the survey as recorded on the PAM
recorders, to provide information about
the long-range propagation of the survey
noise.
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring
plans be independently peer reviewed
‘‘where the proposed activity may affect
the availability of a species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses’’ (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
requirement, NMFS’ implementing
regulations state, ‘‘Upon receipt of a
complete monitoring plan, and at its
discretion, [NMFS] will either submit
the plan to members of a peer review
panel for review or within 60 days of
receipt of the proposed monitoring plan,
schedule a workshop to review the
plan’’ (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS has established an
independent peer review panel to
review SAE’s 4MP for the proposed
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. The
panel has met in early March 2015, and
will provide comments to NMFS in
April 2015. After completion of the peer
review, NMFS will consider all
recommendations made by the panel,
incorporate appropriate changes into the
monitoring requirements of the IHA (if
issued), and publish the panel’s findings
and recommendations in the final IHA
notice of issuance or denial document.
Reporting Measures
(1) Sound Source Verification Report
As discussed earlier, if SAE plans to
use the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays, SSV
tests on these arrays will be required. A
report on the preliminary results of the
sound source verification
measurements, including the measured
190, 180, 170, and 160 dB (rms) radii of
the 1,240 in3 airgun array, would be
submitted within 14 days after
collection of those measurements at the
start of the field season. This report will
specify the distances of the exclusion
zones that were adopted for the survey.
(2) Weekly Reports
SAE will submit weekly reports to
NMFS no later than the close of
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday
during the weeks when seismic surveys
take place. The field reports will
summarize species detected, in-water
activity occurring at the time of the
sighting, behavioral reactions to in-
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
water activities, and the number of
marine mammals exposed to harassment
level noise.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
(3) Monthly Reports
SAE will submit monthly reports to
NMFS for all months during which
seismic surveys take place. The monthly
reports will contain and summarize the
following information:
• Dates, times, locations, heading,
speed, weather, sea conditions
(including Beaufort Sea state and wind
force), and associated activities during
the seismic survey and marine mammal
sightings.
• Species, number, location, distance
from the vessel, and behavior of any
sighted marine mammals, as well as
associated surveys (number of
shutdowns), observed throughout all
monitoring activities.
• An estimate of the number (by
species) of: (i) Pinnipeds that have been
exposed to the seismic surveys (based
on visual observation) at received levels
greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with
a discussion of any specific behaviors
those individuals exhibited; and (ii)
cetaceans that have been exposed to the
geophysical activity (based on visual
observation) at received levels greater
than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a
discussion of any specific behaviors
those individuals exhibited.
(4) Technical Report
The results of SAE’s 2015 vesselbased monitoring, including estimates
of ‘‘take’’ by harassment, will be
presented first in a ‘‘90-day’’ draft
Technical Report, to be submitted to
NMFS within 90 days after the end of
the seismic survey, and then in a final
Technical Report, which will address
any comments NMFS had on the draft.
The Technical Report will include:
(a) Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
(b) Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
(c) Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), group sizes, and ice
cover;
(d) Data analysis separated into
periods when a seismic airgun array (or
a single mitigation airgun) is operating
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
and when it is not, to better assess
impacts to marine mammals—the final
and comprehensive report to NMFS
should summarize and plot:
• Data for periods when a seismic
array is active and when it is not; and
• The respective predicted received
sound conditions over fairly large areas
(tens of km) around operations;
(e) Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without airgun
activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability), such as:
• Initial sighting distances versus
airgun activity state;
• Closest point of approach versus
airgun activity state;
• Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus airgun activity state;
• Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus airgun activity state;
• Distribution around the survey
vessel versus airgun activity state; and
• Estimates of take by harassment;
(f) Results from all hypothesis tests,
including estimates of the associated
statistical power, when practicable;
(g) Estimates of uncertainty in all take
estimates, with uncertainty expressed
by the presentation of confidence limits,
a minimum-maximum, posterior
probability distribution, or another
applicable method, with the exact
approach to be selected based on the
sampling method and data available;
(h) A clear comparison of authorized
takes and the level of actual estimated
takes; and
(5) Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the IHA, such as a serious
injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike,
gear interaction, and/or entanglement),
SAE would immediately cease the
specified activities and immediately
report the incident to the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
and the Alaska Regional Stranding
Coordinators. The report would include
the following information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the
24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20101
• Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS would work with SAE to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. SAE would not be able to
resume its activities until notified by
NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that SAE discovers a dead
marine mammal, and the lead PSO
determines that the cause of the death
is unknown and the death is relatively
recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
of decomposition as described in the
next paragraph), SAE would
immediately report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
report would include the same
information identified in the paragraph
above. Activities would be able to
continue while NMFS reviews the
circumstances of the incident. NMFS
would work with SAE to determine
whether modifications in the activities
are appropriate.
In the event that SAE discovers a dead
marine mammal, and the lead PSO
determines that the death is not
associated with or related to the
activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass
with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
SAE would report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
24 hours of the discovery. SAE would
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
SAE can continue its operations under
such a case.
Monitoring Results From Previously
Authorized Activities
SAE was issued an IHA for a 3D OBN
seismic survey in the same area of the
proposed 2015 seismic survey in the
Beaufort Sea during the 2014 Arctic
open-water season. SAE conducted the
seismic survey between August 25 and
September 30, 2014. The technical
report (90-day report) submitted by SAE
indicates that one beluga whale and 2
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20102
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
spotted seals were observed within the
180-dB exclusion zones during the
survey that prompted immediate
shutdown. Two additional spotted seals
were detected within the zone of
influence when the airgun arrays were
firing. Post-activity analysis based on
total sighting data concluded that up to
approximately 5 beluga whales and 264
pinnipeds (likely all spotted seals due to
their large numbers) could be exposed
to received levels above 160-dB re 1
mPa. Some of these could be exposed to
levels that may have Level A
harassment which was not authorized
under the previous IHA. Nevertheless,
take of Level B harassment were under
the take limits allowed by the IHA
issued to SAE.
Based on the monitoring results from
SAE’s 2014 seismic survey, NMFS is reevaluating the potential effects on
marine mammals and requested SAE to
conduct analysis on potential Level A
takes (see ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section below).
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].
Takes by Level A and Level B
harassments of some species are
anticipated as a result of SAE’s
proposed 3D seismic survey. NMFS
expects marine mammal takes could
result from noise propagation from
operation of seismic airguns. NMFS
does not expect marine mammals would
be taken by collision with seismic and
support vessels, because the vessels will
be moving at low speeds, and PSOs on
the survey vessels and the mitigation
vessel will be monitoring for marine
mammals and will be able to alert the
vessels to avoid any marine mammals in
the area.
For impulse sounds, such as those
produced by the airguns proposed to be
used in SAE’s 3D OBN seismic surveys,
NMFS uses the 180 and 190 dB (rms) re
1 mPa isopleth to indicate the onset of
Level A harassment for cetaceans and
pinnipeds, respectively; and the 160 dB
(rms) re 1 mPa isopleth for Level B
harassment of all marine mammals. SAE
provided calculations of the 190-,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
180-, and 160-dB isopleths expected to
be produced by the proposed seismic
surveys and then used those isopleths to
estimate takes by harassment. NMFS
used those calculations to make the
necessary MMPA findings. SAE
provided a full description of the
methodology used to estimate takes by
harassment in its IHA application,
which is also provided in the following
sections.
Acoustic Footprint
The acoustical footprint that could
cause harassment (Levels A and B) was
determined by placing a 160-dB isopleth
buffer around the area that would be
surveyed (shot) during the 2015 open
water season (777 km2). SAE stated that
for the majority of its proposed 2015
seismic survey, a 620 in3 airgun array
would be used. However, to make
conservative impact analysis, SAE uses
the acoustic footprint of a large 1,240
in3 array for this analysis.
There are no precise estimates for the
1,240-in3 array. The estimated distances
to the 160 dB isopleth for the 1,240-in3
array is based on the sound source
measurements from Austin and Warner
(2012) for a 1,200-in3 array in Cook
Inlet. The results showed a measured
distance of 5.2 km to the 160 dB
isopleths (Table 3). Placing a 5.2-km
buffer around the 777 km2 maximum
shot area results in an estimated annual
ZOI of 1,463 km2 (565 mi2), which is the
ZOI value used in the exposure estimate
calculations.
Because the exact location of the 2015
shoot area is currently unknown, the
distribution of marine mammal habitat
within the shoot area is unknown.
However, within the 4,562 km2
potential survey box, 18% (860 km2)
falls within the 0 to 1.5 m water depth
range, 17% (753 km2) falls within the
1.5 to 5 m range, 36% (1,635 km2)
within the 5 to 15 m range, and 30
percent% (1,348 km2) within waters
greater than 15 m deep (bowhead
migration corridor). Thus, not all the
area that could be surveyed in 2015
constitutes bowhead summer (>5 m
depth) or fall migrating (>15 m depth)
habitat. Further, few of the lease areas
that could be shot in 2015 extend into
the deeper waters of the potential
survey box. The distribution of these
depth ranges is found in Figure 6–1 of
SAE’s IHA application.
Marine Mammal Densities
Density estimates were derived for
bowhead whales, beluga whales, ringed
seals, spotted seals, and bearded seals as
described below and shown in Table 4.
There are no available Beaufort Sea
density estimates for gray whales, or
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
extralimital species such as humpback
whales, narwhals, and ribbon seals.
Encountering these animals during the
seismic program would be unexpected.
The density derivations for the five
species presented in Table 4 are
provided in the discussions below.
TABLE 4—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITIES
(#/km2) IN THE BEAUFORT SEA
Species
Bowhead whale ............
Beluga whale ................
Ringed seal ...................
Spotted seal ..................
Bearded seal ................
Summer
0.0049
0.0020
0.3547
0.0177
0.0177
Fall
0.0066
0.0057
0.2510
0.0125
0.0125
Bowhead Whale: The summer density
estimate for bowhead whales was
derived from July and August aerial
survey data collected in the Beaufort
Sea during the Aerial Surveys of Arctic
Marine Mammals (ASAMM) program in
2012 and 2013. During this period, 276
bowhead whales were record along
24,560 km of transect line, or 0.0112
whales per km of transect line.
Applying an effective strip half-width
(ESW) of 1.15 (Ferguson and Clarke
2013), results in an uncorrected density
of 0.0049. This is a much higher density
than previous estimates (e.g., Brandon et
al. 2011) due to relatively high numbers
of whales recorded in the Beaufort Sea
in August 2013. In 2013, 205 whales
were recorded along 9,758 km of
transect line, with 78% of the sightings
(160 whales) recorded the eastern most
blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7. In contrast, 26 of
the 71 whales (37%) recorded ontransect during summer 2012 were at or
near Barrow Canyon (Block 12), or the
western extreme of the Alaskan Beaufort
Sea, while another 26 (37%) were
recorded at the eastern extreme (Blocks
4, 5, 6, and 7). During these years lesser
numbers were observed in Blocks 1 and
3 where the actual seismic survey is
planned.
Fall density estimate was determined
from September and October ASAMM
data collected from 2006 to 2013. The
Western Arctic stock of bowhead whale
has grown considerably since the late
1970s; thus, data collected prior to 2006
probably does not well represent current
whale densities. From 2006 to 2013,
1,286 bowhead whales were recorded
along 84,400 km of transect line, or
0.1524 per km. Using an ESW of 1.15
results in an uncorrected density of
0.0066.
ASAMM aerial survey data was
collected during summer and fall 2014,
and is available to view as daily reports
(https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/
cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php), but
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20103
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
because this data has not yet been fully
vetted, it is not yet appropriate for use
in estimating bowhead densities in the
Beaufort Sea (SAE, 2015). Nevertheless,
the daily reports do indicate unusual
nearshore concentrations of (Beaufort
Sea) bowheads in both late August and
late September of 2014.
Beluga Whale: There is little
information on summer use by beluga
whales in the Beaufort Sea. Moore et al.
(2000) reported that only nine beluga
whales were recorded in waters less
than 50 m deep during 11,985 km of
transect survey effort, or about 0.00057
whales per km. Assuming an ESW of
0.614, the derived corrected density
would be 0.00046 whales per square
mile. The same data did show much
higher beluga numbers in deeper waters.
During the summer aerial surveys
conducted during the 2012 and 2013
ASAMM program (Clarke et al. 2013,
2014), six beluga whales were observed
along 2,497 km of transect in waters less
than 20 m deep and between longitudes
140 °W and 154 °W (the area within
which the seismic survey would fall).
This equates to 0.0024 whales per km of
trackline and an uncorrected density of
0.0020 assuming an ESW of 0.614.
Calculated fall beluga densities are
approximately twice as high as summer.
Between 2006 and 2013, 2,356 beluga
were recorded along 83,631 km of
transect line flown during September
and October, or 0.0281 beluga per km of
transect. Assuming an ESW of 0.614
gives an uncorrected density of 0.0229.
However, unlike in summer, almost
none of the fall migrating belugas were
recorded in waters less than 20 m deep.
For years where depth data is available
(2006, 2009–2013), only 11 of 1,605
(1%) recorded belugas were found in
waters less than 20 m during the fall. To
take into account this bias in
distribution, but to remain conservative,
the corrected density estimate is
reduced to 25%, or 0.0057.
Summer and fall beluga data was also
collected in 2014, but as with the
bowhead data mentioned above, it has
not yet been checked for accuracy and,
therefore, is not yet appropriate for
estimating density (SAE, 2015).
Regardless, the data that is available
from online daily reports (https://
www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/
bwasp/flights_2014.php) indicates that a
number of belugas were observed near
shore in 2014, especially during the
summer.
Spotted Seal: Surveys for ringed seals
have been recently conducted in the
Beaufort Sea by Kingsley (1986), Frost et
al. (2002), Moulton and Lawson (2002),
Green and Negri (2005), and Green et al.
(2006, 2007). The shipboard monitoring
surveys by Green and Negri (2005) and
Green et al. (2006, 2007) were not
systematically based, but are useful in
estimating the general composition of
pinnipeds in the Beaufort nearshore,
including the Colville River Delta. Frost
et al.’s aerial surveys were conducted
during ice coverage and do not fully
represent the summer and fall
conditions under which the Beaufort
surveys will occur. Moulton and
Lawson (2002) conducted summer
shipboard-based surveys for pinnipeds
along the nearshore Beaufort Sea coast
and developed seasonal average and
maximum densities representative of
SAE’s Beaufort summer seismic project,
while the Kingsley (1986) conducted
surveys along the ice margin
representing fall conditions.
Green and Negri (2005) and Green et
al. (2006, 2007) recorded pinnipeds
during barging activity between West
Dock and Cape Simpson, and found
high numbers of ringed seal in Harrison
Bay, and peaks in spotted seal numbers
off the Colville River Delta where
haulout sites are located. Approximately
5% of all phocid sightings recorded by
Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al.
(2006, 2007) were spotted seals, which
provide a estimate of the proportion of
ringed seals versus spotted seals in the
Colville River Delta and Harrison Bay.
Thus, the estimated densities of spotted
seals in the seismic survey area were
derived by multiplying the ringed seal
densities from Moulton and Lawson
(2002) and Kingsley (1986) by 0.05.
However, monitoring conducted by
Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) of SAE’s
2014 seismic program near the Colville
River Delta showed higher than
expected spotted seal use of the
potential seismic survey area, probably
due to repeated sightings of local
spotted seals closer to the Delta haul out
sites. This information was used to
adjust the take requests.
Bearded Seal: Bearded seals were also
recorded in Harrison Bay and the
Colville River Delta by Green and Negri
(2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007), but
at lower proportions to ringed seals than
spotted seals. However, estimating
bearded seal densities based on the
proportion of bearded seals observed
during the barge-based surveys results
in densities estimates that appear
unrealistically low given density
estimates from other studies, especially
given that nearby Thetis Island is used
as a base for annually hunting this seal
(densities are seasonally high enough
for focused hunting). For conservative
purposes, the bearded seal density
values used in this application are
derived from Stirling et al.’s (1982)
observations that the proportion of
eastern Beaufort Sea bearded seals is 5%
that of ringed seals, similar as was done
for spotted seals.
Level B Exposure Calculations
The estimated potential harassment
take of local marine mammals by the
SAE’s Beaufort seismic project was
determined by multiplying the seasonal
animal densities in Table 4 with the
seasonal area that would be ensonified
by seismic-generated noise greater than
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms). The total area
that would be ensonified during 2015 is
1,463 km2 (565 mi2). Assuming that half
this area would be ensonified in
summer and half in fall, the seasonal
ZOI would be half 1,463 km2, or 731.5
km2 (282.5 mi2). The resulting exposure
calculations are found in Table 5.
TABLE 5—THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO RECEIVED SOUND LEVELS
GREATER THAN 160 dB
Seasonal
ZOI
(km2)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Species
Bowhead Whale ...............................................................
Beluga Whale ...................................................................
Ringed Seal .....................................................................
Spotted Seal ....................................................................
Bearded Seal ...................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00021
731.5
731.5
731.5
731.5
731.5
Fmt 4701
Summer
density
Summer
exposure
0.0049
0.0020
0.3547
0.0177
0.0177
Sfmt 4703
4
1
259
13
13
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
Fall
density
0.0066
0.0057
0.2510
0.0125
0.0125
14APN2
Fall
exposure
5
4
184
9
9
Total
9
7
443
22
22
20104
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
The requested take authorization is
found in Table 6, and includes
requested authorization for gray whales
in which the estimated take is zero, but
for which records for the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea occur. The requested take
authorization for ringed seals and
spotted seals has also been adjusted
based on observations during SAE’s
2014 seismic operations immediately
east of the Colville River Delta (LomacMacNair et al. 2014a). Lomac-MacNair
et al. (2014a) only observed 5 confirmed
sightings of ringed seals, none of which
were observed during active seismic
activity. But they also observed 40
spotted seals (4 during active seismic)
and an additional 28 seals (also 4 during
active seismic) that were either a ringed
or spotted seal. Given only 88 km2 (34
mi2) were shot in 2014, this would
extrapolate to about 353 spotted seals
potential observed and 35 spotted seals
observed during seismic activity, during
the planned 777 km2 (300 mi2) of
operation planned in 2015. If 80% of the
ringed/spotted seal sightings were
actually spotted seals, then an
additional 200 spotted seals would be
observed and an additional 28 observed
during seismic activity. Given the
nearshore location of the planned
seismic activities and proximity to
Colville River Delta spotted seal haulout
sites, and likelihood that a number of
seals that were exposed to seismic noise
exceeding 160 dB were not observed,
the requested take authorization for
spotted seals has been increased to 500.
Level A Exposure Calculations
As discussed earlier in this section,
NMFS considers that exposures to
pinnipeds at noise levels above 190 dB
and cetaceans at noise levels above 180
dB constitute Level A takes under the
MMPA. Although brief exposure of
marine mammals at these levels are not
likely to cause TTS or PTS (Southall et
al. 2007), this consideration is a
precaution NMFS takes for its effect
analysis.
The methods used in estimate Level A
exposure is the same for Level B
estimates, i.e., multiplying the total
amount of area that could be seasonally
ensonified by noise levels exceeding
190 and 180 dB by density of each
species. Because the radii to both the
190 dB (250 m) and 180 dB (910 m) are
essentially equal to or larger than the
mid-point (250 m) between the seismic
source lines, the entire 777-km2 seismic
maximum source area would be
ensonified, plus protective buffers of
250 m and 910 m around the source
area. Thus, the 190 dB ZOI relative to
pinnipeds would be 805 km2, or 402.5
km2 for each the summer and fall
season, while the 180 dB ZOI would be
883 km2, or 441.5 km2 each season.
Multiplying these values by the animal
densities provides the Level A exposure
estimates shown in Table 6.
TABLE 6—THE ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENTS AND REQUESTED TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS
Stock
abundance
Species
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Bowhead whale .......................................................................................
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea stock) .........................................................
Beluga whale (E. Chukchi Sea stock) .....................................................
Gray whale ...............................................................................................
Ringed seal ..............................................................................................
Spotted seal .............................................................................................
Bearded seal ............................................................................................
The estimated Level A and Level B
takes as a percentage of the marine
mammal stock are 0.11% and 0.40% or
less, respectively, in all cases (Table 6).
The highest percent of population
estimated to be taken is 0.11% for Level
A and 0.40% for Level B harassments
for the East Chukchi Sea stock of beluga
whale. However, that percentage
assumes that all beluga whales taken are
from that population. Similarly, the
0.01% potential Level A and 0.04%
Level B take percentage for the Beaufort
Sea stock of beluga whale assumes that
all 15 beluga whales are taken from the
Beaufort Sea stock. Most likely, some
beluga whales would be taken from each
stock, meaning fewer than 15 beluga
whales would be taken from either
individual stock. Therefore, the Level A
take of beluga whales as a percentage of
populations would likely be below 0.11
and 0.01% for the Beaufort Sea and East
Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively. The
Level B takes of beluga whales as a
percentage of populations would likely
be below 0.40 and 0.04% for the
Beaufort Sea and East Chukchi Sea
stocks, respectively. However, the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
Estimated
level B
exposures
19,534
39,258
3,710
19,126
300,000
141,479
155,000
estimated numbers of Level A
harassment do not take into
consideration either avoidance or
mitigation effectiveness. The actual
takes are expected to be lower as
animals will avoid areas where noise is
intense. In addition, the prescribed
mitigation measure will further reduce
the number of animals being exposed to
noise levels that constitute a Level A,
thus further reducing Level A
harassment.
The total takes represent less than
0.51% of any stocks of marine mammals
in the vicinity of the action area (Table
6).
Analysis and Preliminary
Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
9
7
7
0
443
22
22
Level B
take
requested
15
15
15
2
500
500
25
Estimated
level A
exposure
5
4
4
0
246
12
12
Percent of
take by
stock
0.10
0.05
0.51
0.00
0.25
0.36
0.02
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), as well as the number
and nature of estimated Level A
harassment takes, the number of
estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,
and the status of the species.
No serious injuries or mortalities are
anticipated to occur as a result of SAE’s
proposed 3D seismic survey, and none
are proposed to be authorized. The takes
that are anticipated and authorized are
expected to be limited to short-term
Level B behavioral harassment, and
limited Level A harassment in terms of
potential hearing threshold shifts. While
the airguns are expected to be operated
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
for approximately 49 days within a 70day period, the project timeframe will
occur when cetacean species are
typically not found in the project area
or are found only in low numbers.
While pinnipeds are likely to be found
in the proposed project area more
frequently, their distribution is
dispersed enough that they likely will
not be in the Level A or Level B
harassment zone continuously. As
mentioned previously in this document,
pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of
anthropogenic sound than mysticetes.
Most of the bowhead whales
encountered will likely show overt
disturbance (avoidance) only if they
receive airgun sounds with levels ≥ 160
dB re 1 mPa. Odontocete reactions to
seismic airgun pulses are generally
assumed to be limited to shorter
distances from the airgun than are those
of mysticetes, in part because
odontocete low-frequency hearing is
assumed to be less sensitive than that of
mysticetes. However, at least when in
the Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer,
belugas appear to be fairly responsive to
seismic energy, with few being sighted
within 6–12 mi (10–20 km) of seismic
vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et
al. 2005). Belugas will likely occur in
small numbers in the Beaufort Sea
during the survey period and few will
likely be affected by the survey activity.
As noted, elevated background noise
level from the seismic airgun
reverberant field could cause acoustic
masking to marine mammals and reduce
their communication space. However,
even though the decay of the signal is
extended, the fact that pulses are
separated by approximately 8 to 10
seconds for each individual source
vessel (or 4 to 5 seconds when taking
into account the two separate source
vessels stationed 300 to 335 m apart)
means that overall received levels at
distance are expected to be much lower,
thus resulting in less acoustic masking.
Most cetaceans (and particularly
Arctic cetaceans) show relatively high
levels of avoidance when received
sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB re 1
mPa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight
Arctic cetaceans within the 180 dB
radius, especially for prolonged
duration. Results from monitoring
programs associated with seismic
activities in the Arctic indicate that
cetaceans respond in different ways to
sound levels lower than 180 dB. These
results have been used by agencies to
support monitoring requirements within
distances where received levels fall
below 160 dB and even 120 dB. Thus,
very few animals would be exposed to
sound levels of 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
regardless of detectability by PSOs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
Avoidance varies among individuals
and depends on their activities or
reasons for being in the area, and
occasionally a few individual Arctic
cetaceans will tolerate sound levels
above 160 dB. Tolerance of levels above
180 dB is infrequent regardless of the
circumstances, and marine mammals
exposed to levels this high are expected
to avoid the source, thereby minimizing
the probability of TTS. Therefore, a
calculation of the number of cetaceans
potentially exposed to >180 dB that is
based simply on density would be a
gross overestimate of the numbers
expected to be exposed to 180 dB. Such
calculations would be misleading unless
avoidance response behaviors were
taken into account to estimate what
fraction of those originally present
within the soon-to-be ensonified to >180
dB zone (as estimated from density)
would still be there by the time levels
reach 180 dB.
It is estimated that up to 5 bowhead
whales and 4 beluga whales could be
exposed to received noise levels above
180 dB re 1 mPa (rms), and 246 ringed
seals and 12 bearded and spotted seals
could be exposed to received noise
levels above 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for
durations long enough to cause TTS if
the animals do not avoid are area for
some reason and are not detected in
time to have mitigation measures
implemented (or even PTS if such
exposures occurred repeatedly). None of
the other species are expected to be
exposed to received sound levels
anticipated to cause TTS or PTS.
However, the actual Level A takes are
likely to be lower due to animals
avoiding the injury zone and the
mitigation implementation. The Level A
takes estimated do not take into
consideration either avoidance or
mitigation effectiveness.
Marine mammals that are taken by
TTS are expected to receive minor (in
the order of several dBs) and brief
(minutes to hours) temporary hearing
impairment because (1) animals are not
likely to remain for prolonged periods
within high intensity sound fields, and
(2) both the seismic vessel and the
animals are constantly moving, and it is
unlikely that the animal will be moving
along with the vessel during the survey.
Although repeated experience to TTS
could result in PTS (Level A
harassment), for the same reasons
discussed above, even if marine
mammals experience PTS, the degree of
PTS is expected to be mild, resulting in
a few dB elevation of hearing threshold.
Therefore, even if a few marine
mammals receive TTS or PTS, the
degree of these effects are expected to be
minor and, in the case of TTS, brief, and
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20105
are not expected to be biologically
significant for the population or species.
Taking into account the mitigation
measures that are planned, effects on
marine mammals are generally expected
to be restricted to avoidance of a limited
area around SAE’s proposed open-water
activities and short-term changes in
behavior, falling within the MMPA
definition of ‘‘Level A and Level B
harassments.’’ The many reported cases
of apparent tolerance by cetaceans to
seismic exploration, vessel traffic, and
some other human activities show that
co-existence is possible. Mitigation
measures, such as controlled vessel
speed, dedicated marine mammal
observers, non-pursuit, ramp up
procedures, and shut downs or power
downs when marine mammals are seen
within defined ranges, will further
reduce short-term reactions and
minimize any effects on hearing
sensitivity. In all cases, the effects are
expected to be short-term, with no
lasting biological consequence.
Of the marine mammal species or
stocks likely to occur in the proposed
seismic survey area, two are listed
under the ESA: The bowhead whale and
ringed seal. Those two species are also
designated as ‘‘depleted’’ under the
MMPA. Despite these designations, the
Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort stock of
bowheads has been increasing at a rate
of 3.4% annually for nearly a decade
(Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in the
face of ongoing industrial activity.
Additionally, during the 2001 census,
121 calves were counted, which was the
highest yet recorded. The calf count
provides corroborating evidence for a
healthy and increasing population
(Allen and Angliss, 2011). Certain
stocks or populations of gray and beluga
whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or are proposed for listing
under the ESA; however, none of those
stocks or populations occur in the
proposed activity area. Ringed seals
were recently listed under the ESA as
threatened species, and are considered
depleted under the MMPA. On July 25,
2014, the U.S. District Court for the
District of Alaska vacated NMFS’ rule
listing the Beringia bearded seal DPS as
threatened and remanded the rule to
NMFS to correct the deficiencies
identified in the opinion. None of the
other species that may occur in the
project area is listed as threatened or
endangered under the ESA or
designated as depleted under the
MMPA. There is currently no
established critical habitat in the
proposed project area for any of these
species.
Potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat were discussed previously in
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20106
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
this document (see the ‘‘Anticipated
Effects on Habitat’’ section). Although
some disturbance of food sources of
marine mammals is possible, any
impacts are anticipated to be minor
enough as to not affect rates of
recruitment or survival of marine
mammals in the area. The marine
survey activities would occur in a
localized area, and given the vast area
of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by
marine mammals occurs, any missed
feeding opportunities in the direct
project area could be offset by feeding
opportunities in other available feeding
areas.
In addition, no important feeding or
reproductive areas are known in the
vicinity of SAE’s proposed seismic
surveys at the time the proposed
surveys are to take place. No critical
habitat of ESA-listed marine mammal
species occurs in the Beaufort Sea.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
SAE’s proposed 3D seismic survey in
the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, will have a
negligible impact on the affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be
authorized represent less than 0.4% for
Level B harassment and 0.11% for Level
A harassment of all populations or
stocks potentially impacted (see Table 6
in this document). These take estimates
represent the percentage of each species
or stock that could be taken by Level B
behavioral harassment if each animal is
taken only once. The numbers of marine
mammals estimated to be taken are
small proportions of the total
populations of the affected species or
stocks. In addition, the mitigation and
monitoring measures (described
previously in this document) proposed
for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are
expected to reduce even further any
potential disturbance and injuries to
marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
mitigation and monitoring measures,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the populations of the
affected species or stocks.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
Impact on Availability of Affected
Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The proposed seismic activities will
occur within the marine subsistence
area used by the village of Nuiqsut.
Nuiqsut was established in 1973 at a
traditional location on the Colville River
providing equal access to upland (e.g.,
caribou, Dall sheep) and marine (e.g.,
whales, seals, and eiders) resources
(Brown 1979). Although Nuiqsut is
located 40 km (25 mi) inland, bowhead
whales are still a major fall subsistence
resource. Although bowhead whales
have been harvested in the past all along
the barrier islands, Cross Island is the
site currently used as the fall whaling
base, as it includes cabins and
equipment for butchering whales.
However, whalers must travel about 160
km (100 mi) to annually reach the Cross
Island whaling camp, which is located
in a direct line over 110 direct km (70
mi) from Nuiqsut. Whaling activity
usually begins in late August with the
arrival whales migrating from the
Canadian Beaufort Sea, and may occur
as late as early October, depending on
ice conditions and quota fulfillment.
Most whaling occurs relatively near
(<16 km or <10 mi) the island, largely
to prevent meat spoilage that can occur
with a longer tow back to Cross Island.
Since 1993, Cross Island hunters have
harvested one to four whales annually,
averaging three.
Cross Island is located 70 km (44 mi)
east of the eastern boundary of the
seismic survey box. (Point Barrow is
over 180 km [110 mi] outside the
potential survey box.) Seismic activities
are unlikely to affect Barrow or Cross
Island based whaling, especially if the
seismic operations temporarily cease
during the fall bowhead whale hunt.
Although Nuiqsut whalers may
incidentally harvest beluga whales
while hunting bowheads, these whales
are rarely seen and are not actively
pursued. Any harvest that would occur
would most likely be in association with
Cross Island.
The potential seismic survey area is
also used by Nuiqsut villagers for
hunting seals. All three seal species that
are likely to be taken—ringed, spotted,
and bearded—are hunted. Sealing
begins in April and May when villagers
hunt seals at breathing holes in Harrison
Bay. In early June, hunting is
concentrated at the mouth of the
Colville River, where ice breakup
flooding results in the ice thinning and
seals becoming more visible.
Once the ice is clear of the Delta (late
June), hunters will hunt in open boats
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
along the ice edge from Harrison Bay to
Thetis Island in a route called ‘‘round
the world.’’ Thetis Island is important as
it provides a weather refuge and a base
for hunting bearded seals. During July
and August, ringed and spotted seals are
hunted in the lower 65 km (40 mi) of the
Colville River proper.
In terms of pounds, approximately
one-third of the village of Nuiqsut’s
annual subsistence harvest is marine
mammals (fish and caribou dominate
the rest), of which bowhead whales
contribute by far the most (Fuller and
George 1999). Seals contribute only 2 to
3% of annual subsistence harvest
(Brower and Opie 1997, Brower and
Hepa 1998, Fuller and George 1999).
Fuller and George (1999) estimated that
46 seals were harvested in 1992. The
more common ringed seals appear to
dominate the harvest, although the
larger and thicker-skinned bearded seals
are probably preferred. Spotted seals
occur in the Colville River Delta in
small numbers, which is reflected in the
harvest.
Available harvest records suggest that
most seal harvest occurs in the months
preceding the proposed August start of
the seismic survey, when waning ice
conditions provide the best opportunity
to approach and kill hauled out seals.
Much of the late summer seal harvest
occurs in the Colville River as the seals
follow fish runs upstream. Still, openwater seal hunting could occur
coincident with the seismic surveys,
especially bearded seal hunts based
from Thetis Island. In general, however,
given the relatively low contribution of
seals to the Nuiqsut subsistence, and the
greater opportunity to hunt seals earlier
in the season, any potential impact by
the seismic survey on seal hunting is
likely remote.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable
adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
‘‘an impact resulting from the specified
activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the
availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.
Noise and general activity during
SAE’s proposed 3D OBN seismic survey
have the potential to impact marine
mammals hunted by Native Alaskans. In
the case of cetaceans, the most common
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as
noted previously) is avoidance of the
ensonified area. In the case of bowhead
whales, this often means that the
animals divert from their normal
migratory path by several kilometers.
Additionally, general vessel presence in
the vicinity of traditional hunting areas
could negatively impact a hunt. Native
knowledge indicates that bowhead
whales become increasingly ‘‘skittish’’
in the presence of seismic noise. Whales
are more wary around the hunters and
tend to expose a much smaller portion
of their back when surfacing, which
makes harvesting more difficult.
Additionally, natives report that
bowheads exhibit angry behaviors, such
as tail-slapping, in the presence of
seismic activity, which translate to
danger for nearby subsistence
harvesters.
Responses of seals to seismic airguns
are expected to be negligible. Bain and
Williams (2006) studied the responses
of harbor seals, California sea lions, and
Steller sea lions to seismic airguns and
found that seals at exposure levels
above 170 dB re 1 mPa (peak-peak) often
showed avoidance behavior, including
generally staying at the surface and
keeping their heads out of the water, but
that the responses were not overt, and
there were no detectable responses at
low exposure levels.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures to
Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)
require IHA applicants for activities that
take place in Arctic waters to provide a
Plan of Cooperation (POC) or
information that identifies what
measures have been taken and/or will
be taken to minimize adverse effects on
the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes.
SAE has prepared a draft POC, which
was developed by identifying and
evaluating any potential effects the
proposed seismic survey might have on
seasonal abundance that is relied upon
for subsistence use. For the proposed
project, SAE states that it is working
closely with the North Slope Borough
(NSB) and its partner Kuukpik
Corporation, to identify subsistence
communities and activities that may
take place within or near the project
area. The draft POC is attached to SAE’s
IHA application.
As a joint venture partner with
Kuukpik, SAE will be working closely
with them and the communities on the
North Slope to plan operations that will
include measures that are
environmentally suitable and that do
not impact local subsistence use. A
Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
will be developed that will include such
measures.
SAE adopted a three-stage process to
develop its POC:
Stage 1: To open communications
SAE has presented the program
description to the AEWC during their
quarterly meeting in December, 2014.
SAE will also be presenting the project
at the open water meeting in March
2015 in Anchorage. Collaboration
meetings will be held in March and
April 2015 with Kuukpik Corporation
leaders. Kuukpik Corporation is a joint
venture partner in the project. Permits
to all federal, state and local government
agencies will be submitted in the spring
of 2015. Ongoing discussions and
meeting with these agencies have been
occurring in order to meet our
operational window in the project area.
Prior to offshore activities, SAE will
meet and consult with nearby
communities, namely the North Slope
Borough (NSB) planning department
and the NSB Fish and Wildlife division.
SAE will also present its project during
a community meeting in the villages of
Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik to discuss the
planned activities. The discussions will
include the project description, the Plan
of Cooperation, resolution of potential
conflicts, and proposed operational
window. These meetings will help to
identify any subsistence conflicts. These
meetings will allow SAE to understand
community concerns, and requests for
communication or mitigation.
Additional communications will
continue throughout the project.
Stage 2: SAE will document results of
all meetings and incorporate to mitigate
concerns into the POC. There shall be a
review of permit stipulations and a
permit matrix developed for the crews.
The means of communications and
contacts list will be developed and
implemented into operations. The use of
scientific and Inupiat PSOs/
Communicators on board the vessels
will ensure that appropriate precautions
are taken to avoid harassment of marine
mammals, including whales, seals,
walruses, or polar bears. SAE will
coordinate the timing and location of
operations with the Com-Centers in
Deadhorse and Kaktovik to minimize
impact to the subsistence activities or
the Nuiqsut/Kaktovik bowhead whale
hunt.
Stage 3: If a conflict does occur with
project activities and subsistence
hunting, the SAs will immediately
contact the project manager and the
Com Center. If avoidance is not
possible, the project manager will
initiate communication with a
representative from the impacted
subsistence hunter group(s) to resolve
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20107
the issue and to plan an alternative
course of action (which may include
ceasing operations during the whale
hunt).
In addition, the following mitigation
measures will be imposed in order to
effect the least practicable adverse
impact on the availability of marine
mammal species for subsistence uses:
(i) Establishment and operations of
Communication and Call Centers (ComCenter) Program
• For the purposes of reducing or
eliminating conflicts between
subsistence whaling activities and
SAE’s survey program, SAE will
participate with other operators in the
Com-Center Program. Com-Centers will
be operated to facilitate communication
of information between SAE and
subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers
will be operated 24 hours/day during
the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead
whale hunt.
• All vessels shall report to the
appropriate Com-Center at least once
every six hours, commencing each day
with a call at approximately 06:00
hours.
• The appropriate Com-Center shall
be notified if there is any significant
change in plans, such as an
unannounced start-up of operations or
significant deviations from announced
course, and that Com-Center shall notify
all whalers of such changes. The
appropriate Com-Center also shall be
called regarding any unsafe or
unanticipated ice conditions.
(ii) SAE shall monitor the positions of
all of its vessels and exercise due care
in avoiding any areas where subsistence
activity is active.
(iii) Routing barge and transit vessels:
• Vessels transiting in the Beaufort
Sea east of Bullen Point to the Canadian
border shall remain at least 5 miles
offshore during transit along the coast,
provided ice and sea conditions allow.
During transit in the Chukchi Sea,
vessels shall remain as far offshore as
weather and ice conditions allow, and at
all times at least 5 miles offshore.
• From August 31 to October 31,
vessels in the Chukchi Sea or Beaufort
Sea shall remain at least 20 miles
offshore of the coast of Alaska from Icy
Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on
the east side of Smith Bay in the
Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an
emergency that threatens the safety of
the vessel or crew prevents compliance
with this requirement. This condition
shall not apply to vessels actively
engaged in transit to or from a coastal
community to conduct crew changes or
logistical support operations.
• Vessels shall be operated at speeds
necessary to ensure no physical contact
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
20108
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
with whales occurs, and to make any
other potential conflicts with bowheads
or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall
be less than 10 knots in the proximity
of feeding whales or whale aggregations.
• If any vessel inadvertently
approaches within 1.6 kilometers
(1 mile) of observed bowhead whales,
except when providing emergency
assistance to whalers or in other
emergency situations, the vessel
operator will take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
Æ reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 900 feet of the whale(s);
Æ steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
Æ operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
Æ operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
Æ checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
(iv) Limitation on seismic surveys in
the Beaufort Sea
• Kaktovik: No seismic survey from
the Canadian Border to the Canning
River from around August 25 to close of
the fall bowhead whale hunt in
Kaktovik and Nuiqsut, based on the
actual hunt dates. From around August
10 to August 25, based on the actual
hunt dates, SAE will communicate and
collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo
Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any
planned vessel movement in and
around Kaktovik and Cross Island to
avoid impacts to whale hunting.
• Nuiqsut:
Æ Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No
seismic survey prior to July 25 inside
the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey
from around August 25 to close of fall
bowhead whale hunting outside the
Barrier Island in Nuiqsut, based on the
actual hunt dates.
Æ Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No
seismic survey from around August 25
to the close of bowhead whale
subsistence hunting in Nuiqsut, based
on the actual hunt dates.
• Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt
Point on the east side of Smith Bay to
a location about half way between
Barrow and Peard Bay from September
15 to the close of the fall bowhead
whale hunt in Barrow.
(v) SAE shall complete operations in
time to allow such vessels to complete
transit through the Bering Strait to a
point south of 59 degrees North latitude
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
no later than November 15, 2015. Any
vessel that encounters weather or ice
that will prevent compliance with this
date shall coordinate its transit through
the Bering Strait to a point south of 59
degrees North latitude with the
appropriate Com-Centers. SAE vessels
shall, weather and ice permitting, transit
east of St. Lawrence Island and no
closer than 10 miles from the shore of
St. Lawrence Island.
Finally, SAE plans to sign a Conflict
Avoidance Agreement (CAA) with the
Alaska whaling communities to further
ensure that its proposed open-water
seismic survey activities in the Beaufort
Sea will not have unmitigable impacts
to subsistence activities.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Preliminary Determination
SAE has adopted a spatial and
temporal strategy for its 3D OBN seismic
survey that should minimize impacts to
subsistence hunters and ensure the
sufficient availability of species for
hunters to meet subsistence needs. SAE
will temporarily cease seismic activities
during the fall bowhead whale hunt,
which will allow the hunt to occur
without any adverse impact from SAE’s
activities. Although some seal hunting
co-occurs temporally with SAE’s
proposed seismic survey, the locations
do not overlap, so SAE’s activities will
not impact the hunting areas and will
not directly displace sealers or place
physical barriers between the sealers
and the seals. In addition, SAE is
conducting the seismic surveys in a
joint partnership agreement with
Kuukpik Corporation, which allows
SAE to work closely with the native
communities on the North Slope to plan
operations that include measures that
are environmentally suitable and that do
not impact local subsistence use, and to
adjust the operations, if necessary, to
minimize any potential impacts that
might arise. Based on the description of
the specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence purposes, and the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from SAE’s proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead
whale is listed as endangered and the
ringed seal is listed as threatened under
the ESA. NMFS’ Permits and
Conservation Division has initiated
consultation with staff in NMFS’ Alaska
Region Protected Resources Division
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
under section 7 of the ESA on the
issuance of an IHA to SAE under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this
activity. Consultation will be concluded
prior to a determination on the issuance
of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
NMFS is preparing an Environmental
Assessment (EA), pursuant to NEPA, to
determine whether the issuance of an
IHA to SAE for its 3D seismic survey in
the Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic
open-water season may have a
significant impact on the human
environment. NMFS has released a draft
of the EA for public comment along
with this proposed IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to SAE for conducting a 3D OBN
seismic survey in Beaufort Sea during
the 2015 Arctic open-water season,
provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated. The
proposed IHA language is provided
next.
This section contains a draft of the
IHA itself. The wording contained in
this section is proposed for inclusion in
the IHA (if issued).
(1) This Authorization is valid from
July 1, 2015, through October 15, 2015.
(2) This Authorization is valid only
for activities associated with open-water
3D seismic surveys and related activities
in the Beaufort Sea. The specific areas
where SAE’s surveys will be conducted
are within the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as
shown in Figure 1–1 of SAE’s IHA
application.
(3)(a) The species authorized for
incidental harassment takings, Level A
and Level B harassment, are: beluga
whales (Delphinapterus leucas);
bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus);
gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus),
bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus);
spotted seals (Phoca largha); and ringed
seals (P. hispida) (Table 6).
(3)(b) The authorization for taking by
harassment is limited to the following
acoustic sources and from the following
activities:
(i) 620-in3 and 1,240-in3 airgun arrays
and other acoustic sources for 3D openwater seismic surveys; and
(ii) Vessel activities related to openwater seismic surveys listed in (i).
(3)(c) The taking of any marine
mammal in a manner prohibited under
this Authorization must be reported
within 24 hours of the taking to the
Alaska Regional Administrator (907–
586–7221) or his designee in Anchorage
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
(907–271–3023), National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the Chief
of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, at (301) 427–8401, or her
designee (301–427–8418).
(4) The holder of this Authorization
must notify the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at least 48 hours
prior to the start of collecting seismic
data (unless constrained by the date of
issuance of this Authorization in which
case notification shall be made as soon
as possible).
(5) Prohibitions
(a) The taking, by incidental
harassment only, is limited to the
species listed under condition 3(a)
above and by the numbers listed in
Table 6. The taking by serious injury or
death of these species or the taking by
harassment, injury or death of any other
species of marine mammal is prohibited
and may result in the modification,
suspension, or revocation of this
Authorization.
(b) The taking of any marine mammal
is prohibited whenever the required
source vessel protected species
observers (PSOs), required by condition
7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance
with condition 7(a)(i) of this
Authorization.
(6) Mitigation
(a) Establishing Exclusion and
Disturbance Zones
(i) Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs exclusion zones surrounding the
10 in3 and 620 in3 airgun arrays on the
source vessel where the received level
would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1 mPa
for cetaceans and pinnipeds,
respectively. The sizes of these zones
are provided in Table 3.
(ii) Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs preliminary exclusion zones
surrounding the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays
on the source vessel where the received
level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re
1 mPa for cetaceans and pinnipeds,
respectively. For purposes of the field
verification test, described in condition
7(e)(i), these zones are estimated to be
250 m and 910 m from the seismic
source for 190 and 180 dB (rms) re 1
mPa, respectively.
(iii) Establish zones of influence
(ZOIs) surrounding the 10 in3 and 620
in3 airgun arrays on the source vessel
where the received level would be 160
(rms) re 1 mPa. The sizes of these zones
are provided in Table 3.
(iv) Establish the ZOI surrounding the
1,240 in3 airgun arrays on the source
vessel where the received level would
be 160 dB (rms) re 1 mPa for marine
mammals. For purposes of the field
verification test, described in condition
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
7(e)(i), the zone is estimated to be 5,200
m from the source.
(v) Immediately upon completion of
data analysis of the field verification
measurements required under condition
7(e)(i) below, the new 160-dB, 180-dB,
and 190-dB marine mammal ZOI and
exclusion zones for the 1,240 in3 airgun
array shall be established based on the
sound source verification.
(b) Vessel Movement Mitigation:
(i) Avoid concentrations or groups of
whales by all vessels under the
direction of SAE. Operators of support
vessels should, at all times, conduct
their activities at the maximum distance
possible from such concentrations or
groups of whales.
(ii) If any vessel approaches within
1.6 km (1 mi) of observed bowhead
whales, except when providing
emergency assistance to whalers or in
other emergency situations, the vessel
operator will take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
(iii) When weather conditions require,
such as when visibility drops, adjust
vessel speed accordingly, but not to
exceed 5 knots, to avoid the likelihood
of injury to whales.
(c) Mitigation Measures for Airgun
Operations
(i) Ramp-up:
(A) A ramp up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.
(B) If a marine mammal(s) is sighted
within the exclusion zone during the
30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp
up will be delayed until the marine
mammal(s) is sighted outside of the
exclusion zone or the animal(s) is not
sighted for at least 15 minutes for
pinnipeds, or 30 minutes for cetaceans.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20109
(C) If, for any reason, electrical power
to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes
or more, ramp-up procedures shall be
implemented. If the PSO watch has been
suspended during that time, a 30minute clearance of the exclusion zone
is required prior to commencing rampup. Discontinuation of airgun activity
for less than 10 minutes does not
require a ramp-up.
(D) The seismic operator and PSOs
shall maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the
airgun arrays reach full power.
(ii) Power-down/Shutdown:
(A) The airgun array shall be
immediately powered down whenever a
marine mammal is sighted approaching
close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is
outside the applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun.
(B) If a marine mammal is already
within or is about to enter the exclusion
zone when first detected, the airguns
shall be powered down immediately.
(C) Following a power-down, firing of
the full airgun array shall not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed
to have left the exclusion zone of the
full array, or has not been seen within
the zone for 15 minutes for pinnipeds,
or 30 minutes for cetaceans.
(D) If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the 190 or 180
dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun, the airgun
array shall be shutdown.
(E) Firing of the full airgun array or
the mitigation gun shall not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone of the full array or
mitigation gun, respectively. The animal
will be considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone as described above
under ramp up procedures.
(iii) Poor Visibility Conditions:
(A) If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness, the full 180
dB exclusion zone is not visible, the
airguns cannot commence a ramp-up
procedure from a full shut-down.
(B) If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
(iv) Use of a Small-volume Airgun
During Turns and Transits
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
20110
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
(A) Throughout the seismic survey,
during turning movements and short
transits, SAE will employ the use of the
smallest-volume airgun (i.e., ‘‘mitigation
airgun’’) to deter marine mammals from
being within the immediate area of the
seismic operations. The mitigation
airgun would be operated at
approximately one shot per minute and
would not be operated for longer than
three hours in duration (turns may last
two to three hours for the proposed
project).
(B) During turns or brief transits (i.e.,
less than three hours) between seismic
tracklines, one mitigation airgun will
continue operating. The ramp up
procedures described above will be
followed when increasing the source
levels from the one mitigation airgun to
the full airgun array. However, keeping
one airgun firing during turns and brief
transits allow SAE to resume seismic
surveys using the full array without
having to ramp up from a ‘‘cold start,’’
which requires a 30-minute observation
period of the full exclusion zone and is
prohibited during darkness or other
periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be
on duty whenever the airguns are firing
during daylight and during the 30minute periods prior to ramp-ups from
a ‘‘cold start.’’
(d) Mitigation Measures for
Subsistence Activities:
(i) For the purposes of reducing or
eliminating conflicts between
subsistence whaling activities and
SAE’s survey program, the holder of this
Authorization will participate with
other operators in the Communication
and Call Centers (Com-Center) Program.
Com-Centers will be operated to
facilitate communication of information
between SAE and subsistence whalers.
The Com-Centers will be operated 24
hours/day during the 2015 fall
subsistence bowhead whale hunt.
(ii) All vessels shall report to the
appropriate Com-Center at least once
every six hours, commencing each day
with a call at approximately 06:00
hours.
(iii) The appropriate Com-Center shall
be notified if there is any significant
change in plans. The appropriate ComCenter also shall be called regarding any
unsafe or unanticipated ice conditions.
(iv) Upon notification by a ComCenter operator of an at-sea emergency,
the holder of this Authorization shall
provide such assistance as necessary to
prevent the loss of life, if conditions
allow the holder of this Authorization to
safely do so.
(v) SAE shall monitor the positions of
all of its vessels and exercise due care
in avoiding any areas where subsistence
activity is active.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
(vi) Routing barge and transit vessels:
(A) Vessels transiting in the Beaufort
Sea east of Bullen Point to the Canadian
border shall remain at least 5 miles
offshore during transit along the coast,
provided ice and sea conditions allow.
During transit in the Chukchi Sea,
vessels shall remain as far offshore as
weather and ice conditions allow, and at
all times at least 5 miles offshore.
(B) From August 31 to October 31,
vessels in the Chukchi Sea or Beaufort
Sea shall remain at least 20 miles
offshore of the coast of Alaska from Icy
Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on
the east side of Smith Bay in the
Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an
emergency that threatens the safety of
the vessel or crew prevents compliance
with this requirement. This condition
shall not apply to vessels actively
engaged in transit to or from a coastal
community to conduct crew changes or
logistical support operations.
(C) Vessels shall be operated at speeds
necessary to ensure no physical contact
with whales occurs, and to make any
other potential conflicts with bowheads
or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall
be less than 10 knots in the proximity
of feeding whales or whale aggregations.
(D) If any vessel inadvertently
approaches within 1.6 kilometers (1
mile) of observed bowhead whales,
except when providing emergency
assistance to whalers or in other
emergency situations, the vessel
operator will take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
• Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 900 feet of the whale(s);
• Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
• Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
• Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
• Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
(vii) Limitation on seismic surveys in
the Beaufort Sea
(A) Kaktovik: No seismic survey from
the Canadian Border to the Canning
River from August 25 to close of the fall
bowhead whale hunt in Kaktovik and
Nuiqsut. From around August 10 to
August 25, based on the actual hunt
date, SAE will communicate and
collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo
Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any
planned vessel movement in and
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
around Kaktovik and Cross Island to
avoid impacts to whale hunting.
(B) Nuiqsut:
• Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No
seismic survey prior to July 25 inside
the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey
from around August 25 to close of fall
bowhead whale hunting outside the
Barrier Island in Nuiqsut, based on
actual hunt dates.
• Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No
seismic survey from around August 25
to the close of bowhead whale
subsistence hunting in Nuiqsut, based
on actual hunt dates.
(C) Barrow: No seismic survey from
Pitt Point on the east side of Smith Bay
to a location about half way between
Barrow and Peard Bay from September
15 to the close of the fall bowhead
whale hunt in Barrow.
(viii) SAE shall complete operations
in time to allow such vessels to
complete transit through the Bering
Strait to a point south of 59 degrees
North latitude no later than November
15, 2015. Any vessel that encounters
weather or ice that will prevent
compliance with this date shall
coordinate its transit through the Bering
Strait to a point south of 59 degrees
North latitude with the appropriate
Com-Centers. SAE vessels shall, weather
and ice permitting, transit east of St.
Lawrence Island and no closer than 10
miles from the shore of St. Lawrence
Island.
(7) Monitoring:
(a) Vessel-based Visual Monitoring:
(i) Vessel-based visual monitoring for
marine mammals shall be conducted by
NMFS-approved PSOs throughout the
period of survey activities.
(ii) PSOs shall be stationed aboard the
seismic survey vessels and mitigation
vessel through the duration of the
surveys.
(iii) A sufficient number of PSOs shall
be onboard the survey vessel to meet the
following criteria:
(A) 100% monitoring coverage during
all periods of survey operations in
daylight;
(B) maximum of 4 consecutive hours
on watch per PSO; and
(C) maximum of 12 hours of watch
time per day per PSO.
(iv) The vessel-based marine mammal
monitoring shall provide the basis for
real-time mitigation measures as
described in (6)(c) above.
(v) Results of the vessel-based marine
mammal monitoring shall be used to
calculate the estimation of the number
of ‘‘takes’’ from the marine surveys and
equipment recovery and maintenance
program.
(b) Protected Species Observers and
Training
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
(i) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat
observers and NMFS-approved field
biologists.
(ii) Experienced field crew leaders
shall supervise the PSO teams in the
field. New PSOs shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid
situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
(iii) Crew leaders and most other
biologists serving as observers in 2015
shall be individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic or
shallow hazards monitoring projects in
Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other
offshore areas in recent years.
(iv) Resumes for PSO candidates shall
be provided to NMFS for review and
acceptance of their qualifications.
Inupiat observers shall be experienced
in the region and familiar with the
marine mammals of the area.
(v) All observers shall complete a
NMFS-approved observer training
course designed to familiarize
individuals with monitoring and data
collection procedures. The training
course shall be completed before the
anticipated start of the 2015 open-water
season. The training session(s) shall be
conducted by qualified marine
mammalogists with extensive crewleader experience during previous
vessel-based monitoring programs.
(vi) Training for both Alaska native
PSOs and biologist PSOs shall be
conducted at the same time in the same
room. There shall not be separate
training courses for the different PSOs.
(vii) Crew members should not be
used as primary PSOs because they have
other duties and generally do not have
the same level of expertise, experience,
or training as PSOs, but they could be
stationed on the fantail of the vessel to
observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array, and
implement a power-down or shutdown
if a marine mammal enters the safety
zone (or exclusion zone).
(viii) If crew members are to be used
as PSOs, they shall go through some
basic training consistent with the
functions they will be asked to perform.
The best approach would be for crew
members and PSOs to go through the
same training together.
(ix) PSOs shall be trained using visual
aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help them
identify the species that they are likely
to encounter in the conditions under
which the animals will likely be seen.
(x) SAE shall train its PSOs to follow
a scanning schedule that consistently
distributes scanning effort according to
the purpose and need for observations.
All PSOs should follow the same
schedule to ensure consistency in their
scanning efforts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
(xi) PSOs shall be trained in
documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should record the
primary behavioral state (i.e., traveling,
socializing, feeding, resting,
approaching or moving away from
vessels) and relative location of the
observed marine mammals.
(c) Marine Mammal Observation
Protocol
(i) PSOs shall watch for marine
mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels,
typically the bridge.
(ii) Observations by the PSOs on
marine mammal presence and activity
shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes
prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/
or ramped-up. Monitoring shall
continue during the airgun operations
and last until 30 minutes after airgun
array stops firing.
(iii) For comparison purposes, PSOs
shall also document marine mammal
occurrence, density, and behavior
during at least some periods when
airguns are not operating
(iv) PSOs shall scan systematically
with the unaided eye and 7 × 50 reticle
binoculars, supplemented with 20 × 60
image-stabilized binoculars or 25 × 150
binoculars, and night-vision equipment
when needed.
(v) Personnel on the bridge shall assist
the marine mammal observer(s) in
watching for marine mammals.
(vi) PSOs aboard the marine survey
vessel shall give particular attention to
the areas within the marine mammal
exclusion zones around the source
vessel, as noted in (6)(a)(i) and (ii). They
shall avoid the tendency to spend too
much time evaluating animal behavior
or entering data on forms, both of which
detract from their primary purpose of
monitoring the exclusion zone.
(vii) Monitoring shall consist of
recording of the following information:
(A) The species, group size, age/size/
sex categories (if determinable), the
general behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from
seismic vessel, sighting cue, behavioral
pace, and apparent reaction of all
marine mammals seen near the seismic
vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none,
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc);
(B) The time, location, heading,
speed, and activity of the vessel
(shooting or not), along with sea state,
visibility, cloud cover and sun glare at
(I) any time a marine mammal is sighted
(including pinnipeds hauled out on
barrier islands), (II) at the start and end
of each watch, and (III) during a watch
(whenever there is a change in one or
more variable);
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20111
(C) The identification of all vessels
that are visible within 5 km of the
seismic vessel whenever a marine
mammal is sighted and the time
observed;
(D) Any identifiable marine mammal
behavioral response (sighting data
should be collected in a manner that
will not detract from the PSO’s ability
to detect marine mammals);
(E) Any adjustments made to
operating procedures; and
(F) Visibility during observation
periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
(vii) Distances to nearby marine
mammals will be estimated with
binoculars (7 × 50 binoculars)
containing a reticle to measure the
vertical angle of the line of sight to the
animal relative to the horizon.
Observers may use a laser rangefinder to
test and improve their abilities for
visually estimating distances to objects
in the water.
(viii) PSOs shall understand the
importance of classifying marine
mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
the animals to species with confidence.
In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the
identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an
unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the
animal had a dorsal fin.
(ix) Additional details about
unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ‘‘blow only,’’ mysticete with (or
without) a dorsal fin, ‘‘seal splash,’’ etc.,
shall be recorded.
(x) When a marine mammal is seen
approaching or within the exclusion
zone applicable to that species, the
marine survey crew shall be notified
immediately so that mitigation measures
described in (6) can be promptly
implemented.
(xi) SAE shall use the best available
technology to improve detection
capability during periods of fog and
other types of inclement weather. Such
technology might include night-vision
goggles or binoculars as well as other
instruments that incorporate infrared
technology.
(d) Field Data-Recording and
Verification
(i) PSOs aboard the vessels shall
maintain a digital log of seismic
surveys, noting the date and time of all
changes in seismic activity (ramp-up,
power-down, changes in the active
seismic source, shutdowns, etc.) and
any corresponding changes in
monitoring radii in a software
spreadsheet.
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
20112
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
(ii) PSOs shall utilize a standardized
format to record all marine mammal
observations and mitigation actions
(seismic source power-downs, shutdowns, and ramp-ups).
(iii) Information collected during
marine mammal observations shall
include the following:
(A) Vessel speed, position, and
activity
(B) Date, time, and location of each
marine mammal sighting
(C) Number of marine mammals
observed, and group size, sex, and age
categories
(D) Observer’s name and contact
information
(E) Weather, visibility, and ice
conditions at the time of observation
(F) Estimated distance of marine
mammals at closest approach
(G) Activity at the time of observation,
including possible attractants present
(H) Animal behavior
(I) Description of the encounter
(J) Duration of encounter
(K) Mitigation action taken
(iv) Data shall be recorded directly
into handheld computers or as a backup, transferred from hard-copy data
sheets into an electronic database.
(v) A system for quality control and
verification of data shall be facilitated
by the pre-season training, supervision
by the lead PSOs, and in-season data
checks, and shall be built into the
software.
(vi) Computerized data validity
checks shall also be conducted, and the
data shall be managed in such a way
that it is easily summarized during and
after the field program and transferred
into statistical, graphical, or other
programs for further processing.
(e) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
(i) Sound Source Measurements:
Using a hydrophone system, the holder
of this Authorization is required to
conduct sound source verification tests
for the 1,240 in3 seismic airgun array, if
this array is involved in the open-water
seismic surveys.
(A) Sound source verification shall
consist of distances where broadside
and endfire directions at which
broadband received levels reach 190,
180, 170, 160, and 120 dB (rms) re 1 mPa
for the airgun array(s).
(B) The test results shall be reported
to NMFS within 5 days of completing
the test.
(ii) SAE shall conduct passive
acoustic monitoring using fixed
hydrophone(s) to
(A) Collect information on the
occurrence and distribution of marine
mammals that may be available to
subsistence hunters near villages
located on the Beaufort Sea coast and to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
document their relative abundance,
habitat use, and migratory patterns; and
(B) Measure the ambient soundscape
throughout the Beaufort Sea coast and to
record received levels of sounds from
industry and other activities
(g) SAE shall engage in consultation
and coordination with other oil and gas
companies and with federal, state, and
borough agencies to ensure that they
have the most up-to-date information
and can take advantage of other
monitoring efforts.
(8) Data Analysis and Presentation in
Reports:
(a) Estimation of potential takes or
exposures shall be improved for times
with low visibility (such as during fog
or darkness) through interpolation or
possibly using a probability approach.
Those data could be used to interpolate
possible takes during periods of
restricted visibility.
(b) SAE shall provide a database of
the information collected, plus a
number of summary analyses and
graphics to help NMFS assess the
potential impacts of SAE’s survey.
Specific summaries/analyses/graphics
would include:
(i) Sound verification results,
including isopleths of sound pressure
levels plotted geographically;
(ii) A table or other summary of
survey activities (i.e., did the survey
proceed as planned);
(iii) A table of sightings by time,
location, species, and distance from the
survey vessel;
(iv) A geographic depiction of
sightings for each species by area and
month;
(v) A table and/or graphic
summarizing behaviors observed by
species;
(vi) A table and/or graphic
summarizing observed responses to the
survey by species;
(vii) A table of mitigation measures
(e.g., power-downs, shutdowns) taken
by date, location, and species;
(viii) A graphic of sightings by
distance for each species and location;
(ix) A table or graphic illustrating
sightings during the survey versus
sightings when the airguns were silent;
and
(x) A summary of times when the
survey was interrupted because of
interactions with marine mammals.
(c) To help evaluate the effectiveness
of PSOs and more effectively estimate
take, if appropriate data are available,
SAE shall perform analysis of
sightability curves (detection functions)
for distance-based analyses.
(d) SAE shall collaborate with other
industrial operators in the area to
integrate and synthesize monitoring
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
results as much as possible (such as
submitting ‘‘sightings’’ from their
monitoring projects to an online data
archive, such as OBIS–SEAMAP) and
archive and make the complete
databases available upon request.
(9) Reporting:
(a) Sound Source Verification Report:
A report on the preliminary results of
the sound source verification
measurements, including the measured
190, 180, 160, and 120 dB (rms) radii of
the 1,240 in3 airgun array, shall be
submitted within 14 days after
collection of those measurements at the
start of the field season. This report will
specify the distances of the exclusion
zones that were adopted for the survey.
(b) Throughout the survey program,
PSOs shall prepare a report each day, or
at such other interval as is necessary,
summarizing the recent results of the
monitoring program. The reports shall
summarize the species and numbers of
marine mammals sighted. These reports
shall be provided to NMFS.
(c) Weekly Reports: SAE will submit
weekly reports to NMFS no later than
the close of business (Alaska Time) each
Thursday during the weeks when
seismic surveys take place. The field
reports will summarize species
detected, in-water activity occurring at
the time of the sighting, behavioral
reactions to in-water activities, and the
number of marine mammals exposed to
harassment level noise.
(d) Monthly Reports: SAE will submit
monthly reports to NMFS for all months
during which seismic surveys take
place. The monthly reports will contain
and summarize the following
information:
(i) Dates, times, locations, heading,
speed, weather, sea conditions
(including Beaufort Sea state and wind
force), and associated activities during
the seismic survey and marine mammal
sightings.
(ii) Species, number, location,
distance from the vessel, and behavior
of any sighted marine mammals, as well
as associated surveys (number of
shutdowns), observed throughout all
monitoring activities.
(iii) An estimate of the number (by
species) of:
(A) Pinnipeds that have been exposed
to the seismic surveys (based on visual
observation) at received levels greater
than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a
discussion of any specific behaviors
those individuals exhibited; and
(B) Cetaceans that have been exposed
to the geophysical activity (based on
visual observation) at received levels
greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
a discussion of any specific behaviors
those individuals exhibited.
(e) Seismic Vessel Monitoring
Program: A draft report will be
submitted to the Director, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, within 90
days after the end of SAE’s 2015 openwater seismic surveys in the Beaufort
Sea. The report will describe in detail:
(i) Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
(ii) Summaries that represent an
initial level of interpretation of the
efficacy, measurements, and
observations, rather than raw data, fully
processed analyses, or a summary of
operations and important observations;
(iii) Summaries of all mitigation
measures (e.g., operational shutdowns if
they occur) and an assessment of the
efficacy of the monitoring methods;
(iv) Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
(v) Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), group sizes, and ice
cover;
(vi) Data analysis separated into
periods when an airgun array (or a
single airgun) is operating and when it
is not, to better assess impacts to marine
mammals;
(vii) Sighting rates of marine
mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as:
(A) Initial sighting distances versus
airgun activity state;
(B) Closest point of approach versus
airgun activity state;
(C) Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus airgun activity state;
(D) Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus airgun activity state;
(E) Distribution around the survey
vessel versus airgun activity state; and
(F) Estimates of take by harassment;
(viii) Reported results from all
hypothesis tests, including estimates of
the associated statistical power, when
practicable;
(ix) Estimates of uncertainty in all
take estimates, with uncertainty
expressed by the presentation of
confidence limits, a minimummaximum, posterior probability
distribution, or another applicable
method, with the exact approach to be
selected based on the sampling method
and data available;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
(x) A clear comparison of authorized
takes and the level of actual estimated
takes; and
(xi) A complete characterization of the
acoustic footprint resulting from various
activity states.
(d) The draft report shall be subject to
review and comment by NMFS. Any
recommendations made by NMFS must
be addressed in the final report prior to
acceptance by NMFS. The draft report
will be considered the final report for
this activity under this Authorization if
NMFS has not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of
receipt of the draft report.
(10) (a) In the unanticipated event that
survey operations clearly cause the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by this Authorization, such
as an serious injury or mortality (e.g.,
ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), SAE shall immediately
cease survey operations and
immediately report the incident to the
Chief, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, at 301–427–8401 and/or by
email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
report must include the following
information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel
involved;
(iii) The vessel’s speed during and
leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in
the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
(ix) Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of
the animal (if equipment is available).
(b) Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS shall work with SAE to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. SAE may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via
letter, email, or telephone.
(c) In the event that SAE discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
20113
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), SAE
will immediately report the incident to
the Chief, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, at 301–427–8401, and/or by
email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barabara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
report must include the same
information identified in Condition
10(a) above. Activities may continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS will work with
SAE to determine whether
modifications in the activities are
appropriate.
(d) In the event that SAE discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in Condition
3 of this Authorization (e.g., previously
wounded animal, carcass with moderate
to advanced decomposition, or
scavenger damage), SAE shall report the
incident to the Chief, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301–
427–8401, and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), within 24
hours of the discovery. SAE shall
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
SAE can continue its operations under
such a case.
(11) Activities related to the
monitoring described in this
Authorization do not require a separate
scientific research permit issued under
section 104 of the Marine Mammal
Protection Act.
(12) The Plan of Cooperation
outlining the steps that will be taken to
cooperate and communicate with the
native communities to ensure the
availability of marine mammals for
subsistence uses, must be implemented.
(13) This Authorization may be
modified, suspended, or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the
conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a
negligible impact on the species or stock
of affected marine mammals, or if there
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
20114
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
is an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for
subsistence uses.
(14) A copy of this Authorization and
the Incidental Take Statement must be
in the possession of each seismic vessel
operator taking marine mammals under
the authority of this Incidental
Harassment Authorization.
(15) SAE is required to comply with
the Terms and Conditions of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:20 Apr 13, 2015
Jkt 235001
Incidental Take Statement
corresponding to NMFS’ Biological
Opinion.
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform our final decision on SAE’s
request for an MMPA authorization.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our
analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of
Proposed IHA for SAE’s proposed 3D
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea.
Please include with your comments any
Dated: April 8, 2015.
Wanda Cain,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
[FR Doc. 2015–08481 Filed 4–13–15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM
14APN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 71 (Tuesday, April 14, 2015)]
[Notices]
[Pages 20083-20114]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2015-08481]
[[Page 20083]]
Vol. 80
Tuesday,
No. 71
April 14, 2015
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea,
Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 /
Notices
[[Page 20084]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XD782
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the
Beaufort Sea, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from SAExploration, Inc.
(SAE) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine
mammals, by harassment, incidental to a marine 3-dimensional (3D) ocean
bottom node (OBN) seismic surveys program in the state and federal
waters of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the open-water season of
2015. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to SAE to
incidentally take, by Level A and Level B Harassments, marine mammals
during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 14,
2015.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway,
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email
comments is itp.guan@noaa.gov. Comments sent via email, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. NMFS is not
responsible for comments sent to addresses other than those provided
here.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information
(for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential
Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application may be obtained by writing to
the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The following associated
documents are also available at the same internet address: Plan of
Cooperation. Documents cited in this notice may also be viewed, by
appointment, during regular business hours, at the aforementioned
address.
NMFS is also preparing draft Environmental Assessment (EA) in
accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and will
consider comments submitted in response to this notice as part of that
process. The draft EA will be posted at the foregoing internet site.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Shane Guan, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as ``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].
Summary of Request
On December 2, 2014, NMFS received an application from SAE for the
taking of marine mammals incidental to a 3D ocean bottom node (OBN)
seismic survey program in the Beaufort Sea. After receiving NMFS
comments, SAE made revisions and updated its IHA application on
December 5, 2014, January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and again on
February 16, 2015. In addition, NMFS received the marine mammal
mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP) from SAE on December 2, 2014, with
an updated version on January 29, 2015. NMFS determined that the
application and the 4MP were adequate and complete on February 17,
2015.
SAE proposes to conduct 3D OBN seismic surveys in the state and
federal waters of the U.S. Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-
water season. The proposed activity would occur between July 1 and
October 15, 2015. The actual seismic survey is expected to take
approximately 70 days, dependent of weather. The following specific
aspects of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of
marine mammals: seismic airgun operations and associated navigation
sonar and vessel movements. Takes, by Level A and/or Level B
Harassments, of individuals of six species of marine mammals are
anticipated to result from the specified activity.
SAE also conducted OBN seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea in the
2014 Arctic open-water season (79 FR 51963; September 2, 2014).
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
On December 2, 2014, NMFS received an application from SAE
requesting an authorization for the harassment of small numbers of
marine mammals incidental to conducting an open-water 3D OBN seismic
survey in the Beaufort Sea off Alaska. After addressing comments from
NMFS and the peer-review panel, SAE modified its application and
submitted revised applications on December 5, 2014, January 21, 2015,
January 29, 2015, and again on February 16, 2015, with 4MP on December
2, 2014 and an updated version on January 29, 2015. SAE's proposed
activities discussed here are based on its February 17, 2015, IHA
application, and January 29, 2015, 4MP.
Dates and Duration
The proposed 3D OBN seismic survey is planned for the 2015 open-
water
[[Page 20085]]
season (July 1 to October 15). The actual data acquisition is expected
to take approximately 70 days, dependent of weather. Based on past
similar seismic shoots in the Beaufort Sea, SAE expects that effective
shooting would occur over about 70% of the 70 days (or about 49 days).
Specified Geographic Region
SAE's planned 3D seismic survey would occur in the nearshore waters
of the Beaufort Sea between Harrison Bay and the Sagavanirktok River
delta. SAE plans to survey a maximum of 777 km\2\ (300 mi\2\) in 2015,
although the exact location is currently unknown other than it would
occur somewhere within the 4,562-km\2\ (1,761-m\2\) box shown in Figure
1-1 of SAE's IHA application.
Detailed Description of Activities
I. Survey Design
The proposed marine seismic operations will be based on a
``recording patch'' or similar approach. Patches are groups of six
receiver lines and 32 source lines (Figure 1-2 of SAE's IHA
application). Each receiver line has submersible marine sensor nodes
tethered equidistant (50 m; 165 ft) from each other along the length of
the line. Each node is a multicomponent system containing three
velocity sensors and a hydrophone. Each receiver line is approximately
8 km (5 mi) in length, and are spaced approximately 402 m (1,320 ft)
apart. Each receiver patch is 19.4 km\2\ (7.5 mi\2\) in area. The
receiver patch is oriented such that the receiver lines run parallel to
the shoreline.
Source lines, 12 km (7.5 mi) long and spaced 502 m (1,650 ft)
apart, run perpendicular to the receiver lines (and perpendicular to
the coast) and, where possible, will extend approximately 5 km (3 mi)
beyond the outside receiver lines and approximately 4 km (2.5 mi)
beyond each of the ends of the receiver lines. The outside dimensions
of the maximum shot area during a patch shoot will be 12 km by 16 m
(7.5 mi by 10 mi) or 192 km\2\ (75 mi\2\). It is expected to take three
to five days to shoot a patch, or 49 km\2\ (18.75 mi\2\) per day. Shot
intervals along each source line will be 50 m (165 ft). All shot areas
will be wholly contained within the 4,562-km\2\ survey box (see Figure
1-1 in SAE's IHA application), and, because of the tremendous overlap
in shot area between adjacent patches, no more than 777 km\2\ (300
mi\2\) of actual area will be shot in 2015.
During recording of one patch, nodes from the previously surveyed
patch will be retrieved, recharged, and data downloaded prior to
redeployment of the nodes to the next patch. As patches are recorded,
receiver lines are moved side to side or end to end to the next patch
location so that receiver lines have continuous coverage of the
recording area.
Autonomous recording nodes lack cables but will be tethered
together using a thin rope for ease of retrieval. This rope will lay on
the seabed surface, as will the nodes, and will have no effect on
marine traffic. Primary vessel positioning will be achieved using GPS
with the antenna attached to the airgun array. Pingers deployed from
the node vessels will be used for positioning of nodes. The geometry/
patch could be modified as operations progress to improve sampling and
operational efficiency.
II. Acoustical Sources
The acoustic sources of primary concern are the airguns that will
be deployed from the seismic source vessels. However, there are other
noise sources to be addressed including the pingers and transponders
associated with locating receiver nodes, as well as propeller noise
from the vessel fleet.
Seismic Source Array
The primary seismic source for offshore recording consists of a
620-cubic-inch (in\3\), 8-cluster array, although a 2 x 620-in\3\
array, totaling 1,240 in\3\, may be used in deeper waters (>15 m). For
conservative purposes, exposure estimates are based on the sound
pressure levels associated with the larger array. The arrays will be
centered approximately 15 m (50 ft) behind the source vessel stern, at
a depth of 4 m (12 ft), and towed along predetermined source lines at
speeds between 7.4 and 9.3 km/hr (4 and 5 knots). Two vessels with full
arrays will be operating simultaneously in an alternating shot mode;
one vessel shooting while the other is recharging. Shot intervals are
expected to be about 16 s for each array resulting in an overall shot
interval of 8 s considering the two alternating arrays. Operations are
expected to occur 24 hrs a day, with actual daily shooting to total
about 12 hrs.
Based on manufacturer specifications, the 1,240-in\3\ array has a
zero-peak estimated sound source of 249 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @1 m (13.8 bar-
m), with a root mean square (rms) sound source of 224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa,
while for the 620-in\3\ array the zero-peak is 237 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
(6.96 bar-m) with an rms source level of 218 dB re 1 [mu]Pa.
Mitigation Airgun
A 10-in\3\ mitigation airgun will be used during poor visibility
conditions, and is intended to (a) alert marine mammals to the presence
of airgun activity, and (b) retain the option of initiating a ramp-up
to full operations under poor visibility conditions. The mitigation gun
will be operated at approximately one shot per minute during these
periods. The manufacturer specifications indicate a 214 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
zero-peak (0.5 bar-m) sound source equating to a 195 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms
source.
Pingers and Transponders
An acoustical positioning (or pinger) system will be used to
position and interpolate the location of the nodes. A vessel-mounted
transceiver calculates the position of the nodes by measuring the range
and bearing from the transceiver to a small acoustic transponder fitted
to every third node. The transceiver uses sonar to interrogate the
transponders, which respond with short pulses that are used in
measuring the range and bearing. The system provides a precise location
of every node as needed for accurate interpretation of the seismic
data. The transceiver to be used is the Sonardyne Scout USBL, while
transponders will be the Sonardyne TZ/OBC Type 7815-000-06. Because the
transceiver and transponder communicate via sonar, they produce
underwater sound levels. The Scout USBL transceiver has a transmission
source level of 197 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m and operates at frequencies
between 35 and 55 kHz. The transponder produces short pulses of 184 to
187 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m at frequencies also between 35 and 55 kHz.
Both transceivers and transponders produce noise levels just above
or within the most sensitive hearing range of seals (10 to 30 kHz;
Schusterman 1981) and odontocetes (12 to ~100 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten
1999), and the functional hearing range of baleen whales (20 Hz to 30
kHz; NRC 2003); although baleen whale hearing is probably most
sensitive nearer 1 kHz (Richardson et al. 1995). However, given the low
acoustical output, the range of acoustical harassment to marine mammals
(for the 197 dB transceiver) is about 100 m (328 ft), or significantly
less than the output from the airgun arrays, and is not loud enough to
reach injury levels in marine mammals beyond 9 m (30 ft). Marine
mammals are likely to respond to pinger systems similar to airgun
pulses, but only when very close (a few meters) to the sources.
[[Page 20086]]
Vessels
Several offshore vessels will be required to support recording,
shooting, and housing in the marine and transition zone environments.
The exact vessels that will be used have not yet been determined.
However, the types of vessels that will be used to fulfill these roles
are found in Table 1.
Table 1--Vessels To Be Used During SAE's 3D OBN Seismic Surveys
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity and Source
Vessel Size (ft) frequency level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source vessel 1.............. 120 x 25 Seismic data 179
acquisition;
24 hr
operation.
Source vessel 2.............. 80 x 25 Seismic data 166
acquisition;
24 hr
operation.
Node equipment vessel 1...... 80 x 20 Deploying and 165
retrieving
nodes; 24 hr
operation.
Node equipment vessel 2...... 80 x 20 Deploying and 165
retrieving
nodes; 24 hr
operation.
Mitigation/Housing vessel.... 90 x 20 House crew; 24 200
hr operation.
Crew transport vessel........ 30 x 20 Transport crew; 192
intermittent 8
hrs.
Bow picker 1................. 30 x 20 Deploying and 172
retrieving
nodes;
intermittent
operation.
Bow picker 2................. 30 x 20 Deploying and 172
retrieving
nodes;
intermittent
operation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Vessels--Source vessels will have the ability to deploy two
arrays off the stern using large A-frames and winches and have a draft
shallow enough to operate in waters less than 1.5 m (5 ft) deep. On the
source vessels the airgun arrays are typically mounted on the stern
deck with an umbilical that allow the arrays to be deployed and towed
from the stern without having to re-rig or move arrays. A large bow
deck will allow for sufficient space for source compressors and
additional airgun equipment to be stored. The marine vessels likely to
be used will be the same or similar to those that were acoustically
measured by Aerts et al. (2008). The source vessels were found to have
sound source levels of 179.0 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and 165.7 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms).
Recording Deployment and Retrieval Vessels--Jet driven shallow
draft vessels and bow pickers will be used for the deployment and
retrieval of the offshore recording equipment. These vessels will be
rigged with hydraulically driven deployment and retrieval squirters
allowing for automated deployment and retrieval from the bow or stern
of the vessel. These vessels will also carry the recording equipment on
the deck in fish totes. Aerts et al. (2008) found the recording and
deployment vessels to have a source level of approximately 165.3 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (rms), while the smaller bow pickers produce more cavitation
resulting in source levels of 171.8 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms).
Housing and Transfer Vessels--Housing vessel(s) will be larger with
sufficient berthing to house crews and management. The housing vessel
will have ample office and bridge space to facilitate the role as the
mother ship and central operations. Crew transfer vessels will be
sufficiently large to safely transfer crew between vessels as needed.
Aerts et al. (2008) found the housing vessel to produce the loudest
propeller noise of all the vessels in the fleet (200.1 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
[rms]), but this vessel is mostly anchored up once it gets on site. The
crew transfer vessel also travels only infrequently relative to other
vessels, and is usually operated at different speeds. During higher
speed runs to shore the vessel produces source noise levels of about
191.8 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), while during slower on-site movements the
vessel source levels are only 166.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) (Aerts et al.
2008).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse assemblage of marine mammals.
Table 2 lists the 12 marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.
Table 2--Marine Mammal Species With Confirmed or Possible Occurrence in the Proposed Seismic Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common name Scientific name Status Occurrence Seasonality Range Abundance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontocetes:
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea Delphinapterus ................... Common.............. Mostly spring and Mostly Beaufort 39,258
stock). leucas. fall with some in Sea.
summer.
Beluga whale (eastern Chukchi ................... ................... Common.............. Mostly spring and Mostly Chukchi Sea 3,710
Sea stock). fall with some in
summer.
Killer whale.................. Orcinus orca....... ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 552
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Harbor porpoise............... Phocoena phocoena.. ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 48,215
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Narwhal....................... Monodon monoceros.. ................... .................... .................. .................. 45,358
Mysticetes:
Bowhead whale *.............. Balaena mysticetus. Endangered; Common.............. Mostly spring and Russia to Canada.. 19,534
Depleted. fall with some in
summer.
Gray whale.................... Eschrichtius ................... Somewhat common..... Mostly summer..... Mexico to the U.S. 19,126
robustus. Arctic Ocean.
Minke whale................... Balaenoptera ................... .................... .................. .................. 810-1,003
acutorostrata.
[[Page 20087]]
Humpback whale (Central North Megaptera Endangered; .................... .................. .................. 21,063
Pacific stock) *. novaeangliae. Depleted.
Pinnipeds:
Bearded seal (Beringia Erigathus barbatus. Candidate.......... Common.............. Spring and summer. Bering, Chukchi, 155,000
distinct population segment). and Beaufort Seas.
Ringed seal (Arctic stock) *.. Phoca hispida...... Threatened; Common.............. Year round........ Bering, Chukchi, 300,000
Depleted. and Beaufort Seas.
Spotted seal.................. Phoca largha....... ................... Common.............. Summer............ Japan to U.S. 141,479
Arctic Ocean.
Ribbon seal................... Histriophoca Species of concern. Occasional.......... Summer............ Russia to U.S. 49,000
fasciata. Arctic Ocean.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species in Table 2 are so rarely
sighted in the proposed project area that take is unlikely. Minke
whales are relatively common in the Bering and southern Chukchi Seas
and have recently also been sighted in the northeastern Chukchi Sea
(Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in the
Beaufort Sea. They have not been reported in the Beaufort Sea during
the Bowhead Whale Aerial Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine
Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM) surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet
and Treacy, 2005), and there was only one observation in 2007 during
vessel-based surveys in the region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback whales
have not generally been found in the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence
hunters have spotted humpback whales in low numbers around Barrow, and
there have been several confirmed sightings of humpback whales in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et
al., 2013). The first confirmed sighting of a humpback whale in the
Beaufort Sea was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009), when
a cow and calf were observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No additional
sightings have been documented in the Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common
in the waters of northern Canada, west Greenland, and in the European
Arctic, but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004). Only a
handful of sightings have occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and
Angliss, 2013). These three species are not considered further in this
proposed IHA notice. Both the walrus and the polar bear could occur in
the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these species are managed by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in
this Notice of Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of the bowhead whale migration
route. The main migration periods occur in spring from April to June
and in fall from late August/early September through October to early
November. During the fall migration, several locations in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea serve as feeding grounds for bowhead whales. Small numbers
of bowhead whales that remain in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S. Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding
or calving area for any other cetacean species. Ringed seals breed and
pup in the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not occur during the summer
or early fall. Further information on the biology and local
distribution of these species can be found in SAE's application (see
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports, which
are available online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the
types of stressors associated with the specified activity (e.g.,
seismic airgun and pinger operation, vessel movement) have been
observed to or are thought to impact marine mammals. This section may
include a discussion of known effects that do not rise to the level of
an MMPA take (for example, with acoustics, we may include a discussion
of studies that showed animals not reacting at all to sound or
exhibiting barely measurable avoidance). The discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to rise to the level of a take and
those that we do not consider to rise to the level of a take. This
section is intended as a background of potential effects and does not
consider either the specific manner in which this activity will be
carried out or the mitigation that will be implemented or how either of
those will shape the anticipated impacts from this specific activity.
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this
document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how
this specific activity will impact marine mammals and will consider the
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the ``Anticipated
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the reproductive
success or survivorship of individuals and from that on the affected
marine mammal populations or stocks.
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's
pitch and is measured in hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while sound
level describes the sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB).
Sound level increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of
change. The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB
increase is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase
is then a 100-fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic
power does not mean that the sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are compared to a reference sound
pressure (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.
[[Page 20088]]
For air and water, these reference pressures are ``re: 20 [mu]Pa'' and
``re: 1 [mu]Pa,'' respectively. Root mean square (RMS) is the quadratic
mean sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. RMS is calculated
by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and
then taking the square root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS accounts
for both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels. This measurement is often used in the context of
discussing behavioral effects, in part, because behavioral effects,
which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units rather than by peak pressures.
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using
auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) designate ``functional hearing groups'' for
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The functional groups and the
associated frequencies are indicated below (though animals are less
sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their functional range and
most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their functional hearing range):
Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
30 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
Phocid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz; and
Otariid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is
estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, nine marine mammal
species (five cetaceans and four phocid pinnipeds) may occur in the
proposed seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean species likely to
occur in the proposed project area and for which take is requested, two
are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and gray
whales), two are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga
and killer whales), and one is classified as a high-frequency cetacean
(i.e., harbor porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A species functional
hearing group is a consideration when we analyze the effects of
exposure to sound on marine mammals.
1. Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industry
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water
at distances of many kilometers. Numerous studies have also shown that
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show
no apparent response to industry activities of various types (Miller et
al., 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006). This is often true even in cases
when the sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on
measured received levels and the hearing sensitivity of that mammal
group. Although various baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to
underwater sound such as airgun pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times mammals of all three types have shown no
overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; Richardson et al., 1995).
Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from a
24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir recorded
a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm whales (n =
124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported that there
were no significant differences in encounter rates (sightings/hr) for
humpback and sperm whales according to the airgun array's operational
status (i.e., active versus silent). The airgun arrays used in the Weir
(2008) study were much larger than the array proposed for use during
this seismic survey (total discharge volumes of 620 to 1,240 in\3\). In
general, pinnipeds and small odontocetes seem to be more tolerant of
exposure to some types of underwater sound than are baleen whales.
Richardson et al. (1995) found that vessel noise does not seem to
strongly affect pinnipeds that are already in the water. Richardson et
al. (1995) went on to explain that seals on haul-outs sometimes respond
strongly to the presence of vessels and at other times appear to show
considerable tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds,
often at similar frequencies. Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a
variety of purposes, which differ among species, but include
communication between individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction,
avoiding predators, and learning about their environment (Erbe and
Farmer, 2000). Masking, or auditory interference, generally occurs when
sounds in the environment are louder than, and of a similar frequency
as, auditory signals an animal is trying to receive. Masking is a
phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to receive acoustic
information about their environment, including sounds from other
members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that allow them
to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic signals can
disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of animals, or
entire populations.
Masking occurs when anthropogenic sounds and signals (that the
animal utilizes) overlap at both spectral and temporal scales. For the
airgun sound generated from the proposed seismic survey, sound will
consist of low frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with extremely short
durations (less than one second). Lower frequency man-made sounds are
more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. There
is little concern regarding masking near the sound source due to the
brief duration of these pulses and relatively longer silence between
airgun shots (approximately 5-6 seconds). However, at long distances
(over tens of kilometers away), due to multipath propagation and
reverberation, the durations of airgun pulses can be ``stretched'' to
seconds with long decays (Madsen et al., 2006), although the intensity
of the sound is greatly reduced.
This could affect communication signals used by low frequency
mysticetes when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and cause
increased stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2009).
Marine mammals are
[[Page 20089]]
thought to be able to compensate for masking by adjusting their
acoustic behavior by shifting call frequencies, and/or increasing call
volume and vocalization rates. For example, blue whales are found to
increase call rates when exposed to seismic survey noise in the St.
Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic right
whales exposed to high shipping noise increase call frequency (Parks et
al., 2007), while some humpback whales respond to low-frequency active
sonar playbacks by increasing song length (Miller el al., 2000).
Bowhead whale calls are frequently detected in the presence of seismic
pulses, although the number of calls detected may sometimes be reduced
(Richardson et al., 1986), possibly because animals moved away from the
sound source or ceased calling (Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally,
beluga whales have been known to change their vocalizations in the
presence of high background noise possibly to avoid masking calls
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005). Although some degree of
masking is inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are
introduced into the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and
behavior that function to reduce the impacts of masking. Structured
signals, such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed
whales, may be readily detected even in the presence of strong
background noise because their frequency content and temporal features
usually differ strongly from those of the background noise (Au and
Moore, 1990). The components of background noise that are similar in
frequency to the sound signal in question primarily determine the
degree of masking of that signal.
Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions,
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale,
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise
(Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain and Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales, and
probably other marine mammals as well, have additional capabilities
besides directional hearing that can facilitate detection of sounds in
the presence of background noise. There is evidence that some toothed
whales can shift the dominant frequencies of their echolocation signals
from a frequency range with a lot of ambient noise toward frequencies
with less noise (Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990;
Romanenko and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal
species are known to increase the source levels or alter the frequency
of their calls in the presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim,
1987; Lesage et al., 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007,
2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at
higher frequencies. Directional hearing has been demonstrated at
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995). This ability may be useful in
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the
effects of such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are often shown as: Changing
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g.,
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
The biological significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be biologically significant if the
change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Examples of
significant behavioral modifications include:
Drastic change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those
thought to be causing beaked whale stranding due to exposure to
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic
environment; and
Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, current activity, reproductive state) and is
also difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007;
Ellison et al., 2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally tend to avoid operating
airguns, but avoidance radii are quite variable. Whales are often
reported to show no overt reactions to pulses from large arrays of
airguns at distances beyond a few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise levels out to much greater
distances (Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen whales exposed to
strong noise pulses often react by deviating from their normal
migration route (Richardson et al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but within the natural boundaries of
the migration corridors (Schick and Urban, 2000; Richardson et al.,
1999). Baleen whale responses to pulsed sound, however, may depend on
the type of activity in which the whales are engaged. Some evidence
suggests that feeding bowhead whales may be more tolerant of underwater
sound than migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005; Lyons et al., 2009;
Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have
determined
[[Page 20090]]
that received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 [micro]Pa rms
range seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial
fraction of the animals exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses from
large arrays of airguns diminish to those levels at distances ranging
from 2.8-9 mi (4.5-14.5 km) from the source. For the much smaller
airgun array used during SAE's proposed survey (total discharge volume
of 640 in\3\), distances to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms range are estimated to be 0.5-3 mi (0.8-5 km). Baleen whales within
those distances may show avoidance or other strong disturbance
reactions to the airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes sometimes
become evident at somewhat lower received levels, and recent studies
have shown that some species of baleen whales, notably bowhead and
humpback whales, at times show strong avoidance at received levels
lower than 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. Bowhead whales migrating west
across the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in particular, are unusually
responsive, with avoidance occurring out to distances of 12.4-18.6 mi
(20-30 km) from a medium-sized airgun source (Miller et al., 1999;
Richardson et al., 1999). However, more recent research on bowhead
whales (Miller et al., 2005) corroborates earlier evidence that, during
the summer feeding season, bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic
sources. In summer, bowheads typically begin to show avoidance
reactions at a received level of about 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms
(Richardson et al., 1986; Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al., 2005).
Malme et al. (1986) studied the responses of feeding eastern gray
whales to pulses from a single 100 in\3\ airgun off St. Lawrence Island
in the northern Bering Sea. They estimated, based on small sample
sizes, that 50% of feeding gray whales ceased feeding at an average
received pressure level of 173 dB re 1 [mu]Pa on an (approximate) rms
basis, and that 10% of feeding whales interrupted feeding at received
levels of 163 dB. Those findings were generally consistent with the
results of experiments conducted on larger numbers of gray whales that
were migrating along the California coast and on observations of the
distribution of feeding Western Pacific gray whales off Sakhalin
Island, Russia, during a seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007). Data
on short-term reactions (or lack of reactions) of cetaceans to
impulsive noises do not necessarily provide information about long-term
effects. While it is not certain whether impulsive noises affect
reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or
years, certain species have continued to use areas ensonified by
airguns and have continued to increase in number despite successive
years of anthropogenic activity in the area. Gray whales continued to
migrate annually along the west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al., 1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer despite seismic
exploration in their summer and autumn range for many years (Richardson
et al., 1987). Populations of both gray whales and bowhead whales grew
substantially during this time. In any event, the proposed survey will
occur in summer (July through late August) when most bowhead whales are
commonly feeding in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
During their study, Patenaude et al. (2002) observed one bowhead
whale cow-calf pair during four passes totaling 2.8 hours of the
helicopter and two pairs during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of 49-98 ft (15-30 m). The mother
dove both times she was at the surface, and the calf dove once out of
the four times it was at the surface. For the cow-calf pair sightings
during Twin Otter overflights, the authors did not note any behaviors
specific to those pairs. Rather, the reactions of the cow-calf pairs
were lumped with the reactions of other groups that did not consist of
calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray whales to aircraft. Cow-calf
pairs were quite sensitive to a turboprop survey flown at 1,000 ft (305
m) altitude on the Alaskan summering grounds. In that survey, adults
were seen swimming over the calf, or the calf swam under the adult
(Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same aircraft circled for more than 10
minutes at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group of mating gray
whales, no reactions were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987, cited in
Moore and Clarke, 2002). Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson et
al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002) conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter (estimated altitude=328 ft [100
m]), at an average of three simulated passes per minute. The authors
observed that whales changed their swimming course and sometimes slowed
down in response to the playback sound but proceeded to migrate past
the transducer. Migrating gray whales did not react overtly to a Bell
212 helicopter at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude, occasionally
reacted when the helicopter was at 1,000-1,198 ft (305-365 m), and
usually reacted when it was below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest Research
Associates, 1988, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that study included abrupt turns or
dives or both. Greene et al. (1992, cited in Richardson et al., 1995)
observed that migrating gray whales rarely exhibited noticeable
reactions to a straight-line overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
m) altitude.
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are available describing reactions
of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work on sperm
whales is underway, and there is an increasing amount of information
about responses of various odontocetes to seismic surveys based on
monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003). Miller et al. (2009) conducted
at-sea experiments where reactions of sperm whales were monitored
through the use of controlled sound exposure experiments from large
airgun arrays consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales
observed, none changed their behavior when exposed to either a ramp-up
at 4-8 mi (7-13 km) or full array exposures at 0.6-8 mi (1-13 km).
Seismic operators and marine mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a tendency for most delphinids to
show some limited avoidance of seismic vessels operating large airgun
systems. However, some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic
vessel and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel
even when large arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless, there have
been indications that small toothed whales sometimes move away or
maintain a somewhat greater distance from the vessel when a large array
of airguns is operating than when it is silent (e.g., 1998; Stone,
2003). The beluga may be a species that (at least in certain geographic
areas) shows long-distance avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys
during seismic operations in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded
much lower sighting rates of beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4
mi) of an active seismic vessel. These results were consistent with the
low number of beluga sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic
vessel, suggesting that some belugas might have been avoiding the
seismic operations at
[[Page 20091]]
distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of more relevance in this project)
beluga whales exhibit changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys
(Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). However, the animals tolerated high
received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone,
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were found to be
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting
in deeper water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable
and, at least for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius
than has been observed for mysticetes. However, based on the limited
existing evidence, belugas should not be grouped with delphinids in the
``less responsive'' category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that beluga whales appeared to be
more responsive to aircraft overflights than bowhead whales. Changes
were observed in diving and respiration behavior, and some whales
veered away when a helicopter passed at <=820 ft (250 m) lateral
distance at altitudes up to 492 ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter. Belugas appeared to show less
response to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance
reaction to the airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from
seismic vessels has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by
pinnipeds and only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to
seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These
seismic projects usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total
volumes of 560 to 1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some
seals avoid the immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey
years, ringed seal sightings tended to be farther away from the seismic
vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not (Moulton
and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were relatively
small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the trackline as
the operating airgun array passed by. Seal sighting rates at the water
surface were lower during airgun array operations than during no-airgun
periods in each survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals are often
very tolerant of pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices (Richardson et
al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that avoidance and
other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals to small
airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date from
visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,
1998). Even if reactions of the species occurring in the present study
area are as strong as those evident in the telemetry study, reactions
are expected to be confined to relatively small distances and
durations, with no long-term effects on pinniped individuals or
populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12 ringed seals during low-
altitude overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at Northstar in June and
July 2000 (9 observations took place concurrent with pipe-driving
activities). One seal showed no reaction to the aircraft while the
remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either by looking at the helicopter (n=10)
or by departing from their basking site (n=1). Blackwell et al. (2004)
concluded that none of the reactions to helicopters were strong or long
lasting, and that seals near Northstar in June and July 2000 probably
had habituated to industrial sounds and visible activities that had
occurred often during the preceding winter and spring. There have been
few systematic studies of pinniped reactions to aircraft overflights,
and most of the available data concern pinnipeds hauled out on land or
ice rather than pinnipeds in the water (Richardson et al., 1995; Born
et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must
be louder for an animal to detect them) following exposure to an
intense sound or sound for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-
induced threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last
from minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a
temporary loss of hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and
10 kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's
hearing sensitivity might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced
by 30 dB). PTS is permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can
also occur in a specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above
for TTS.
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TS: effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear,
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Ward, 1997). For
example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound exposure may induce the
same impairment as one longer but softer sound, which in turn may cause
more impairment than a series of several intermittent softer sounds
with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS is
temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or
shorter-term exposure to sound levels well above the TTS threshold, can
cause PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals. Although in the case of the
proposed seismic survey, animals are not expected to be exposed to
sound levels high for a long enough period to result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007).
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
Although the published body of scientific literature contains
numerous
[[Page 20092]]
theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing impairments that
can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few studies provide
empirical information on the levels at which noise-induced loss in
hearing sensitivity occurs in nonhuman animals. For marine mammals,
published data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin, beluga,
harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000,
2002, 2003, 2005, 2007; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al.,
2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et
al., 2012a; Schlundt et al., 2006; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For
pinnipeds in water, data are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor
seals, an elephant seal, and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 2005;
Kastelein et al., 2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, above). For example, a
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs
during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer
duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is critical
for successful mother/calf interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects
of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is considered
generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note,
reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall
et al., 2007), so we can infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed
to strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological
effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage.
Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds.
Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle,
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system,
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or
may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress--including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by
pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg,
1987), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune
competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the
circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and
aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been
equated with stress for many years.
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen
stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a
risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress
response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion.
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an
animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases,
the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state
which is called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic
loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient
to restore normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-
term (days or weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al.,
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004;
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect
some marine mammals experience physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance
when faced with acute,
[[Page 20093]]
repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress responses of osprey to low-level
aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) reported on the auditory
and physiology stress responses of endangered Sonoran pronghorn to
military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-
induced physiological transient stress responses in hearing-specialist
fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and long-term hearing
losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological and behavioral
stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner ears of fish and
several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather
information about its environment and communicate with other members of
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism.
Therefore, we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral
responses to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses. Additionally, no
beaked whale species occur in the proposed project area.
In general, very little is known about the potential for strong,
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large
arrays of airguns, which are not proposed for use during this program.
In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of industry
activities, including bowheads, belugas, and some pinnipeds, are
especially unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical
effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater detonations of high explosive
can be killed or severely injured, and the auditory organs are
especially susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995).
Airgun pulses are less energetic and their peak amplitudes have slower
rise times. To date, there is no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can occur from exposure to airgun
pulses, even in the case of large airgun arrays. Additionally, SAE's
project will use small and medium sized airgun arrays in shallow water.
NMFS does not expect any marine mammals will incur serious injury or
mortality in the shallow waters off Beaufort Sea or strand as a result
of the proposed seismic survey.
7. Potential Effects From Pingers on Marine Mammals
Active acoustic sources other than the airguns have been proposed
for SAE's 2015 seismic survey in Beaufort Sea, Alaska. In general, the
potential effects of this equipment on marine mammals are similar to
those from the airguns, except the magnitude of the impacts is expected
to be much less due to the lower intensity of the source.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated with vessel activity will
temporarily increase in the action area during SAE's seismic survey as
a result of the operation of about 8 vessels. To minimize the effects
of vessels and noise associated with vessel activity, SAE will alter
speed if a marine mammal gets too close to a vessel. In addition,
source vessels will be operating at slow speed (4-5 knots) when
conducting surveys. Marine mammal monitoring observers will alert
vessel captains as animals are detected to ensure safe and effective
measures are applied to avoid coming into direct contact with marine
mammals. Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates nor authorizes takes of
marine mammals from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay, Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between 118 to 124 dB in three cases for
which response and received levels were observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed line transect census data in
which the orientation and distance off transect line were reported for
large numbers of minke whales. The authors developed a method to
account for effects of animal movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion speed, direction, and/or diving
profile were reported at ranges from 1,847 to 2,352 ft (563 to 717 m)
at received levels of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor
porpoises, often show tolerance to vessel activity; however, they may
react at long distances if they are confined by ice, shallow water, or
were previously harassed by vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Beluga
whale response to vessel noise varies greatly from tolerance to extreme
sensitivity depending on the activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Reactions to vessels
depend on whale activities and experience, habitat, boat type, and boat
behavior (Richardson et al., 1995) and may include behavioral
responses, such as altered headings or avoidance (Blane and Jaakson,
1994; Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming; changes in vocalizations
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in dive,
surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on pinniped responses to vessel
activity, and most of the information is anecdotal (Richardson et al.,
1995). Generally, sea lions in water show tolerance to close and
frequently approaching vessels and sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches within 100-200 m (330-660 ft;
reviewed in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of the vessels and noise due to vessel operations
associated with the seismic survey is not expected to
[[Page 20094]]
have effects that could cause significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals or their populations.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic sources. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also
possible. This section describes the potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat from the specified activity. Because the marine mammals in the
area feed on fish and/or invertebrates there is also information on the
species typically preyed upon by the marine mammals in the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the Project Area
All of the marine mammal species that may occur in the proposed
project area prey on either marine fish or invertebrates. The ringed
seal feeds on fish and a variety of benthic species, including crabs
and shrimp. Bearded seals feed mainly on benthic organisms, primarily
crabs, shrimp, and clams. Spotted seals feed on pelagic and demersal
fish, as well as shrimp and cephalopods. They are known to feed on a
variety of fish including herring, capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod,
saffron cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed primarily on pelagic fish
and invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs, squid, octopus, cod, sculpin,
pollack, and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern Beaufort Sea during summer and
early autumn but continue feeding to varying degrees while on their
migration through the central and western Beaufort Sea in the late
summer and fall (Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002). When feeding in
relatively shallow areas, bowheads feed throughout the water column.
However, feeding is concentrated at depths where zooplankton is
concentrated (Wursig et al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and Sheffield (2002) found that copepods
and euphausiids were the most common prey found in stomach samples from
bowhead whales harvested in the Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas
to the east of Barter Island (which is approximately 120 mi east of
SAE's proposed seismic area) appear to be used regularly for feeding as
bowhead whales migrate slowly westward across the Beaufort Sea (Thomson
and Richardson, 1987; Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted bowhead whales feeding in
several areas of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow area is commonly
used as a feeding area during spring and fall, with a higher proportion
of photographed individuals displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A bowhead whale feeding ``hotspot''
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms on the western Beaufort Sea shelf
off Point Barrow in late summer and fall. Favorable conditions
concentrate euphausiids and copepods, and bowhead whales congregate to
exploit the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010, Moore et al., 2010;
Okkonen et al., 2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead whales feeding
in the Camden Bay area during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006-2008 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011a) and the
2009 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011b) note sightings of
feeding bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea during the fall season.
During that 4 year period, the largest groups of feeding whales were
sighted between Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds of miles to the
west of Prudhoe Bay), and none were sighted feeding in Camden Bay
(Clarke et al., 2011a,b). Clarke and Ferguson (undated) examined the
raw BWASP data from the years 2000-2009. They noted that feeding
behavior was noted more often in September than October and that while
bowheads were observed feeding throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea), sightings were less frequent in
the central Alaskan Beaufort than they were east of Kaktovik and west
of Smith Bay. Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson (undated) and Clarke et
al. (2011b) refer to information from Ashjian et al. (2010), which
describes the importance of wind-driven currents that produce favorable
feeding conditions for bowhead whales in the area between Smith Bay and
Point Barrow. Increased winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the area. Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) also note that the incidence of feeding bowheads in the
eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea has decreased since the early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of fish, shrimp, squid and octopus
(Burns and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga whales occur nearshore; their
main migration route is much further offshore. Like several of the
other species in the area, harbor porpoise feed on demersal and benthic
species, mainly schooling fish and cephalopods. Depending on the type
of killer whale (transient or resident), they feed on fish and/or
marine mammals. However, harbor porpoises and killer whales are not
commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver et al., 1983; Oliver and
Slattery, 1985). Farther south, gray whales have also been observed
feeding around kelp beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans, and on
pelagic prey such as small schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler and
Darling, 1974). However, the central Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine waters in the study area: (1) True
marine fish that spend all of their lives in salt water, and (2)
anadromous species that reproduce in fresh water and spend parts of
their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are small, benthic forms that do
not feed high in the water column. The majority of these species are
circumpolar and are found in habitats ranging from deep offshore water
to water as shallow as 16.4-33 ft (5-10 m; Fechhelm et al., 1995). The
most important pelagic species, and the only abundant pelagic species,
is the Arctic cod. The Arctic cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986).
In summer, Arctic cod can form very large schools in both nearshore and
offshore waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Locations and areas frequented by large schools of Arctic cod cannot be
predicted but can be almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a major food
source for beluga whales, ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and some species of whitefish winter
in rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in spring and summer, and
return to fresh water in autumn. Anadromous fish form the basis of
subsistence, commercial, and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May through mid-June (Johnson,
1980) and spend about 1.5-2.5 months there (Craig, 1989). They return
to rivers beginning in late July or early August with the peak return
migration occurring between mid-August and early September (Johnson,
1980). At sea, most anadromous corregonids
[[Page 20095]]
(whitefish) remain in nearshore waters within several kilometers of
shore (Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often termed ``amphidromous'' fish
in that they make repeated annual migrations into marine waters to
feed, returning each fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as bottom dwelling creatures.
Infaunal organisms are benthic organisms that live within the substrate
and are often sedentary or sessile (bivalves, polychaetes). Epibenthic
organisms live on or near the bottom surface sediments and are mobile
(amphipods, isopods, mysids, and some polychaetes). Epifauna, which
live attached to hard substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea because
hard substrates are scarce there. A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine invertebrates of the Arctic
are circumpolar and are found over a wide range of water depths (Carey
et al., 1975). Species identified include polychaetes (Spio filicornis,
Chaetozone setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves (Cryrtodaria kurriana,
Nucula tenuis, Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria entomon), and
amphipods (Pontoporeia femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons
and near the mouth of the Colville River (Kinney et al., 1971, 1972;
Crane and Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson Lagoon, Harrison Bay,
and the nearshore region support a number of infaunal species including
crustaceans, mollusks, and polychaetes. In areas influenced by river
discharge, seasonal changes in salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic organisms. Large fluctuations in
salinity and temperature that occur over a very short time period, or
on a seasonal basis, allow only very adaptable, opportunistic species
to survive (Alexander et al., 1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and abundance of most species depends on
annual (or more frequent) recolonization from deeper offshore waters
(Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice scouring, particularly
in water depths of less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal communities tend to
be patchily distributed. Diversity increases with water depth until the
shear zone is reached at 49-82 ft (15-25 m; Carey, 1978). Biodiversity
then declines due to ice gouging between the landfast ice and the polar
pack ice (Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995).
Potential Impacts From Sound Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source for odontocetes and seals,
fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to
communicate (Tavolga et al., 1981) and possibly avoid predators (Wilson
and Dill, 2002). Experiments have shown that fish can sense both the
strength and direction of sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially
react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the
signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are associated with behaviors that
include territoriality, mate search, courtship, and aggression. It has
also been speculated that sound production may provide the means for
long distance communication and communication under poor underwater
visibility conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although the fact that
fish communicate at low-frequency sound levels where the masking
effects of ambient noise are naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and acoustic signals of various
temporal and spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in structure,
depending on the mechanism used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are predominantly composed of low frequencies
(less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter sound, fish are able to detect
these objects through monitoring the ambient noise. Therefore, fish are
probably able to detect prey, predators, conspecifics, and physical
features by listening to environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981). There
are two sensory systems that enable fish to monitor the vibration-based
information of their surroundings. The two sensory systems, the inner
ear and the lateral line, constitute the acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of very few fish species have
been studied to date, it is becoming obvious that the intra- and inter-
specific variability is considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell et al.
(2004) compiled and published available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most fish have their best hearing in
the low-frequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz). Even though some fish
are able to detect sounds in the ultrasonic frequency range, the
thresholds at these higher frequencies tend to be considerably higher
than those at the lower end of the auditory frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of sound on marine fish species
can be divided into the following categories: (1) Pathological effects;
(2) physiological effects; and (3) behavioral effects. Pathological
effects include lethal and sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary and secondary stress responses;
and behavioral effects include changes in exhibited behaviors of fish.
Behavioral changes might be a direct reaction to a detected sound or a
result of the anthropogenic sound masking natural sounds that the fish
normally detect and to which they respond. The three types of effects
are often interrelated in complex ways. For example, some physiological
and behavioral effects could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings and Popper (2005) reviewed
what is known about the effects of sound on fishes and identified
studies needed to address areas of uncertainty relative to measurement
of sound and the responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/2004) also
published a paper that reviews the effects of anthropogenic sound on
the behavior and physiology of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound on marine fish include TTS,
physical damage to the ear region, physiological stress responses, and
behavioral responses such as startle response, alarm response,
avoidance, and perhaps lack of response due to masking of acoustic
cues. Most of these effects appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do not significantly impact the
fish at a population level. The studies that resulted in physical
damage to the fish ears used noise exposure levels and durations that
were far more extreme than would be encountered under conditions
similar to those expected during SAE's proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior
is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to
react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the
detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold
can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition
(Engas et al., 1993). In general, fish react more strongly to pulses of
sound rather than a continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981), such as
the type of sound that will be produced by the drillship, and a quicker
alarm response is elicited when the
[[Page 20096]]
sound signal intensity rises rapidly compared to sound rising more
slowly to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in relation to vessel noise (Olsen
et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990) have shown that fish react
when the sound from the engines and propeller exceeds a certain level.
Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish such as cod and herring
when vessels approached close enough that received sound levels are 110
dB to 130 dB (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and
Toresen, 1988). However, other researchers have found that fish such as
polar cod, herring, and capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim toward the vessel (Rostad et al.,
2006). Typical sound source levels of vessel noise in the audible range
for fish are 150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al., 1995a). In calm
weather, ambient noise levels in audible parts of the spectrum lie
between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior. Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the reactions of whiting
(hake) in the field to an airgun. When the airgun was fired, the fish
dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55 m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound levels were higher than 178 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a controlled experiment to
determine effects of strong noise pulses on several species of rockfish
off the California coast. They used an airgun with a source level of
223 dB re 1 [micro]Pa. They noted:
Startle responses at received levels of 200-205 dB re 1
[micro]Pa and above for two sensitive species, but not for two other
species exposed to levels up to 207 dB;
Alarm responses at 177-180 dB for the two sensitive
species, and at 186 to 199 dB for other species;
An overall threshold for the above behavioral response at
about 180 dB;
An extrapolated threshold of about 161 dB for subtle
changes in the behavior of rockfish; and
A return to pre-exposure behaviors within the 20-60 minute
exposure period.
In summary, fish often react to sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency. Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa may cause subtle changes in behavior. Pulses
at levels of 180 dB may cause noticeable changes in behavior (Chapman
and Hawkins, 1969; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). It also
appears that fish often habituate to repeated strong sounds rather
rapidly, on time scales of minutes to an hour. However, the habituation
does not endure, and resumption of the strong sound source may again
elicit disturbance responses from the same fish.
Some of the fish species found in the Arctic are prey sources for
odontocetes and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to sounds produced by
SAEs proposed survey would only be relevant to marine mammals if it
caused concentrations of fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes of
sufficient magnitude to cause that type of reaction would probably
occur only very close to the sound source, if any would occur at all.
Impacts on fish behavior are predicted to be inconsequential. Thus,
feeding odontocetes and pinnipeds would not be adversely affected by
this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead whales, feed on concentrations
of zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but feeding bowheads are more likely
to occur in the area after the cessation of airgun operations.
Reactions of zooplankton to sound are, for the most part, not known.
Their ability to move significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton. Behavior of zooplankters is not
expected to be affected by the survey. These animals have exoskeletons
and no air bladders. Many crustaceans can make sounds, and some
crustacea and other invertebrates have some type of sound receptor. A
reaction by zooplankton to sounds produced by the seismic survey would
only be relevant to whales if it caused concentrations of zooplankton
to scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient magnitude to cause that type
of reaction would probably occur only very close to the sound source,
if any would occur at all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior are
predicted to be inconsequential. Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of
reduced zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion, the proposed activity is not
expected to have any habitat-related effects that could cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or
their populations.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
For the proposed SAE open-water 3D OBN seismic surveys in the
Beaufort Sea, NMFS worked with SAE to propose the following mitigation
measures to minimize the potential impacts to marine mammals in the
project vicinity as a result of SAE's survey activities. The primary
purpose of these mitigation measures is to detect marine mammals
within, or about to enter, designated exclusion zones and to initiate
immediate shutdown or power down of the airgun(s).
(1) Establishing Exclusion and Disturbance Zones
Under current NMFS guidelines, the ``exclusion zone'' for marine
mammal exposure to impulse sources is customarily defined as the area
within which received sound levels are >=180 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for
cetaceans and >=190 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for pinnipeds. These safety
criteria are based on an assumption that SPL received at levels lower
than these will not injure these animals or impair their hearing
abilities, but at higher levels might have some such effects.
Disturbance or behavioral effects to marine mammals from underwater
sound may occur after exposure to sound at distances greater than the
exclusion zones (Richardson et al. 1995). Currently, NMFS uses 160 dB
(rms) re 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold for Level B behavioral harassment
from impulse noise.
In 2014, Heath et al. (2014) conducted a sound source verification
(SSV) of the very same 620-in\3\ array SAE plans to use in 2015. The
SSV was conducted in generally the same survey area of SAE's planned
2015 work. They empirically determined that the distances to the 190,
180, and 160 dB isopleths for sound pressure levels emanating from the
620-in\3\ array was 195, 635, and 1,820 m, respectively (Table 3).
Heath et al. (2014) also measured sound pressure levels from an active
10-in\3\ gun during SAE's 2014 Beaufort operations and found noise
levels exceeding 190 dB extended out 54 m, exceeding 180 dB out to 188
m, and exceeding 160 dB out to 1,050 m (Table 3).
Sound source studies have not been done for the 1,240-in\3\ array;
however, Austin and Warner (2013) conducted a sound source verification
of a 1,200-in\3\ array operated by SAE in Cook Inlet found the radius
to the 190 dB isopleth
[[Page 20097]]
to be 250 m, to the 180 dB isopleth to be 910 m, and to the 160 dB
isopleth to be 5,200 m. These are the distance values SAE intends to
use before the SSV for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays are obtained
before the survey. If SAE plans to use the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays,
SSV of these zones will be empirically measured before the 2015 open-
water seismic survey for monitoring and mitigation measures.
Table 3--Summary of Airgun Array Source Levels and Proposed Exclusion Zone and Zones of Influence Radii
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source level 190 dB radius 180 dB radius 160 dB radius
Array size (in\3\) (dB) (m) (m) (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.............................................. 195 54 188 1,050
620............................................. 218 195 635 1,820
1,240 *......................................... 224 250 910 5,200
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Denotes modelled source level that need to be empirically measured before the seismic survey.
(2) Vessel Related Mitigation Measures
These mitigation measures apply to all vessels that are part of
SAE's Beaufort Sea seismic survey activities, including supporting
vessels.
Avoid concentrations or groups of whales. Operators of
vessels should, at all times, conduct their activities at the maximum
distance possible from such concentrations or groups of whales.
If any vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed
whales, except when providing emergency assistance to whalers or in
other emergency situations, the vessel operator will take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential interaction with the whales by taking
one or more of the following actions, as appropriate:
[cir] Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
[cir] Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
[cir] Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
[cir] Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
[cir] Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
Reduce vessel speed, not to exceed 5 knots, when weather
conditions require, such as when visibility drops, to avoid the
likelihood of injury to whales.
(3) Mitigation Measures for Airgun Operations
The primary requirements for airgun mitigation during the seismic
surveys are to monitor marine mammals near the airgun array during all
daylight airgun operations and during any nighttime start-up of the
airguns and, if any marine mammals are observed, to adjust airgun
operations, as necessary, according to the mitigation measures
described below. During the seismic surveys, PSOs will monitor the pre-
established exclusion zones for the presence of marine mammals. When
marine mammals are observed within, or about to enter, designated
safety zones, PSOs have the authority to call for immediate power down
(or shutdown) of airgun operations, as required by the situation. A
summary of the procedures associated with each mitigation measure is
provided below.
Ramp Up Procedure
A ramp up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound
levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total
volume of airguns firing until the full volume is achieved. The purpose
of a ramp up (or ``soft start'') is to ``warn'' cetaceans and pinnipeds
in the vicinity of the airguns and to provide time for them to leave
the area and thus avoid any potential injury or impairment of their
hearing abilities.
During the open-water survey program, the seismic operator will
ramp up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp ups (i.e., from a cold
start after a shutdown, when no airguns have been firing) will begin by
firing a single airgun in the array (i.e., the mitigation airgun). A
full ramp up, after a shutdown, will not begin until there has been a
minimum of 30 minutes of observation of the safety zone by PSOs to
assure that no marine mammals are present. The entire exclusion zone
must be visible during the 30-minute lead-in to a full ramp up. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp up from a cold start
cannot begin. If a marine mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone
during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed
until the marine mammal is sighted outside of the exclusion zone or the
animal is not sighted for at least 15 minutes, for small odontocetes
(harbor porpoise) and pinnipeds, or 30 minutes, for baleen whales and
large odontocetes (including beluga and killer whales and narwhal).
Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During Turns and Transits
Throughout the seismic survey, during turning movements and short
transits, SAE will employ the use of the smallest-volume airgun (i.e.,
``mitigation airgun'') to deter marine mammals from being within the
immediate area of the seismic operations. The mitigation airgun will be
operated at approximately one shot per minute and will not be operated
for longer than three hours in duration (turns may last two to three
hours for the project).
During turns or brief transits (i.e., less than three hours)
between seismic tracklines, one mitigation airgun will continue
operating. The ramp up procedures described above will be followed when
increasing the source levels from the one mitigation airgun to the full
airgun array. However, keeping one airgun firing during turns and brief
transits will allow SAE to resume seismic surveys using the full array
without having to ramp up from a ``cold start,'' which requires a 30-
minute observation period of the full exclusion zone and is prohibited
during darkness or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be on
duty whenever the airguns are firing during daylight and during the 30-
minute periods prior to ramp-ups from a ``cold start.''
Power Down and Shutdown Procedures
A power down is the immediate reduction in the number of operating
energy sources from all firing to some smaller number (e.g., a single
mitigation airgun). A shutdown is the immediate cessation of firing of
all energy sources. The array will be immediately powered down whenever
a marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the
applicable exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the
applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun. If a marine
mammal is sighted
[[Page 20098]]
within or about to enter the applicable exclusion zone of the single
mitigation airgun, the entire array will be shut down (i.e., no sources
firing). In addition, SAE will implement shutdown measures when
aggregations of bowhead whales or gray whales that appear to be engaged
in non-migratory significant biological behavior (e.g., feeding,
socializing) are observed within the 160-dB harassment zone around the
seismic operations.
Poor Visibility Conditions
SAE plans to conduct 24-hour operations. PSOs will not be on duty
during ongoing seismic operations during darkness, given the very
limited effectiveness of visual observation at night (there will be no
periods of darkness in the survey area until mid-August). The
provisions associated with operations at night or in periods of poor
visibility include the following:
If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or
darkness (which may be encountered starting in late August), the full
180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
If one or more airguns have been operational before
nightfall or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can
remain operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions.
In this case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the
exclusion zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine
mammals will be alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have
moved away.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated SAE's proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that
NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our
evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one another:
The manner in which, and the degree to which, the
successful implementation of the measures are expected to minimize
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
The practicability of the measure for applicant
implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of
the general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received
levels of seismic airguns, or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed
to received levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number
or number at biologically important time or location) to received
levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to result in the
take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas,
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance
of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. Proposed measures to
ensure availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses are discussed later in this document (see ``Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence
Uses'' section).
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, ``requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area.
SAE submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA
application. The plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments
or new information received from the public during the public comment
period or from the peer review panel (see the ``Monitoring Plan Peer
Review'' section later in this document).
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or
more of the following general goals:
1. An increase in our understanding of the likely occurrence of
marine mammal species in the vicinity of the action, i.e., presence,
abundance, distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding of the nature, scope, or
context of the likely exposure of marine mammal species to any of the
potential stressor(s) associated with the action (e.g. sound or visual
stimuli), through better understanding of one or more of the following:
the action itself and its environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern); the likely co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action (in whole or part) associated
with specific adverse effects; and/or the likely biological or
behavioral context of exposure to the stressor for the marine mammal
(e.g. age class of exposed animals or known pupping, calving or feeding
areas).
3. An increase in our understanding of how individual marine
mammals respond (behaviorally or physiologically) to the specific
stressors associated with the action (in specific contexts, where
possible, e.g., at what distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or anticipated combinations of
stressors, may impact either: the long-term fitness and survival of an
individual; or the population, species, or stock (e.g.
[[Page 20099]]
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival).
5. An increase in our understanding of how the activity affects
marine mammal habitat, such as through effects on prey sources or
acoustic habitat (e.g., through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources to rising ambient noise levels
and assessment of the potential chronic effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the impacts of the activity on
marine mammals in combination with the impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in the region.
7. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of
mitigation and monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals
(through improved technology or methodology), both specifically within
the safety zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general, to better achieve the above goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
Monitoring will provide information on the numbers of marine
mammals potentially affected by the exploration operations and
facilitate real-time mitigation to prevent injury of marine mammals by
industrial sounds or activities. These goals will be accomplished in
the Beaufort Sea during 2015 by conducting vessel-based monitoring and
passive acoustic monitoring to document marine mammal presence and
distribution in the vicinity of the survey area.
Visual monitoring by Protected Species Observers (PSOs) during
seismic survey operations, and periods when these surveys are not
occurring, will provide information on the numbers of marine mammals
potentially affected by these activities and facilitate real-time
mitigation to prevent impacts to marine mammals by industrial sounds or
operations. Vessel-based PSOs onboard the survey vessels and mitigation
vessel will record the numbers and species of marine mammals observed
in the area and any observable reaction of marine mammals to the survey
activities in the Beaufort Sea.
Visual-Based PSOs
The visual-based marine mammal monitoring will be implemented by a
team of experienced PSOs, including both biologists and Inupiat
personnel. PSOs will be stationed aboard both survey vessels through
the duration of the project. The vessel-based marine mammal monitoring
will provide the basis for real-time mitigation measures as discussed
in the Mitigation Measures section. In addition, monitoring results of
the vessel-based monitoring program will include the estimation of the
number of ``takes'' as stipulated in the IHA.
(1) PSOs
Vessel-based monitoring for marine mammals will be done by trained
PSOs throughout the period of survey activities. The observers will
monitor the occurrence of marine mammals near the survey vessel during
all daylight periods during operation, and during most daylight periods
when operations are not occurring. PSO duties will include watching for
and identifying marine mammals; recording their numbers, distances, and
reactions to the survey operations; and documenting ``take by
harassment.''
A sufficient number of PSOs will be required onboard each survey
vessel to meet the following criteria:
100% Monitoring coverage during all periods of survey
operations in daylight;
Maximum of 4 consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
Maximum of 12 hours of watch time per day per PSO.
PSO teams will consist of Inupiat observers and experienced field
biologists. Each vessel will have an experienced field crew leader to
supervise the PSO team. The total number of PSOs may decrease later in
the season as the duration of daylight decreases.
(2) PSO Role and Responsibilities
When onboard the seismic and support vessels, there are three major
parts to the PSO position:
Observe and record sensitive wildlife species;
Ensure mitigation procedures are followed accordingly; and
Follow monitoring and data collection procedures.
The main roles of the PSO and the monitoring program are to ensure
compliance with regulations set in place by NMFS to ensure that
disturbance of marine mammals is minimized, and potential effects on
marine mammals are documented. The PSOs will implement the monitoring
and mitigation measures specified in the IHA (if issued). The primary
purposes of the PSOs on board of the vessels are:
Mitigation: Implement mitigation clearing and ramp up
measures, observe for and detect marine mammals within, or about to
enter the applicable safety zone and implement necessary shut down,
power down and speed/course alteration mitigation procedures when
applicable. Advise marine crew of mitigation procedures.
Monitoring: Observe for marine mammals and determine
numbers of marine mammals exposed to sound pulses and their reactions
(where applicable) and document those as required.
(3) Observer Qualifications and Training
Crew leaders and most PSOs will be individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic, site clearance and shallow hazards,
and other monitoring projects in Alaska or other offshore areas in
recent years. New or inexperienced PSOs will be paired with an
experienced PSO or experienced field biologist so that the quality of
marine mammal observations and data recording is kept consistent.
Biologist-observers will have previous marine mammal observation
experience, and field crew leaders will be highly experienced with
previous vessel-based marine mammal monitoring and mitigation projects.
Resumes for those individuals will be provided to NMFS for review and
acceptance of their qualifications. Inupiat observers will be
experienced in the region and familiar with the marine mammals of the
area. All observers will complete a NMFS-approved observer training
course designed to familiarize individuals with monitoring and data
collection procedures.
PSOs will complete a 2-day or 3-day training and refresher session
on marine mammal monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the
anticipated start of the 2015 open-water season. Any exceptions will
have or receive equivalent experience or training. The training
session(s) will be conducted by qualified marine mammalogists with
extensive crew-leader experience during previous vessel-based seismic
monitoring programs.
(4) Marine Mammal Observer Protocol
Source vessels will employ PSOs to identify marine mammals during
all hours of airgun operations. To better observe the exclusion zone, a
lead PSO, one or two PSOs, and an Inupiaq communicator will be on
primary source vessel and two PSOs will be stationed aboard the
secondary source vessel. (The total number of observers is limited by
available berthing space aboard the vessels.) The three to four total
observers aboard the primary source vessel will allow two observers
simultaneously on watch during daylight hours.
[[Page 20100]]
The PSOs will watch for marine mammals during all periods of source
operations and for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the planned start
of airgun or pinger operations after an extended shutdown. Marine
mammal monitoring shall continue throughout airgun operations and last
for 30 minutes after the finish of airgun firing. SAE vessel crew and
operations personnel will also watch for marine mammals, as practical,
to assist and alert the PSOs for the airgun(s) to be shut down if
marine mammals are observed in or about to enter the exclusion zone.
The PSOs will watch for marine mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge. The PSOs
will scan the area around the vessel systematically with reticle
binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50 and 16-40 x 80) and with the naked eye. Laser
range finders (Leica LRF 1200 laser rangefinder or equivalent) will be
available to assist with distance estimation.
The observers will give particular attention to the areas within
the marine mammal exclusion zones around the source vessels. These
zones are the maximum distances within which received levels may exceed
180 dB (rms) re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) for cetaceans, or 190 dB (rms) re 1
[micro]Pa for pinnipeds.
When a marine mammal is seen approaching or within the exclusion
zone applicable to that species, the seismic survey crew will be
notified immediately so that mitigation measures called for in the
applicable authorization(s) can be implemented.
Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image intensifiers
or equivalent units) will be available for use if and when needed. Past
experience with night-vision devices (NVDs) in the Beaufort Sea and
elsewhere has indicated that NVDs are not nearly as effective as visual
observation during daylight hours (e.g., Harris et al. 1997, 1998;
Moulton and Lawson 2002).
(5) Field Data-Recording
The PSOs will record field observation data and information about
marine mammal sightings that include:
Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if
determinable);
Physical description of features that were observed or
determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified
animals;
Behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting,
heading (if consistent);
Bearing and distance from observer, apparent reaction to
activities (e.g., none, avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc.),
closest point of approach, and behavioral pace;
Time, location, speed, and activity of the source and
mitigation vessels, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare;
and
Positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity.
Acoustic Monitoring
(1) Sound Source Measurements
Since the same airgun array of 620 in\3\ and a single mitigation
airgun of 10 in3 to be used were empirically measured in the generally
same seismic survey vicinity in 2014 (Heath 2014), NMFS does not think
additional SSV tests for this array and a single airgun is necessary
for the 2015 seismic survey. However, if SAE decides to use the 1,240
in\3\ airgun arrays for deeper water, SSV on these arrays is required
before the commencement of the surveys. Results of the acoustic
characterization and SSV will be used to establish the 190 dB, 180 dB,
170 dB, and 160 dB isopleths for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays.
The results of the SSV will be submitted to NMFS within five days
after completing the measurements, followed by a report to be submitted
within 14 days after completion of the measurements. A more detailed
report will be provided to NMFS as part of the required 90-day report
following completion of the acoustic program.
(2) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
SAE proposes to conduct Passive Acoustical Monitoring (PAM) using
specialized autonomous passive acoustical recorders. These recorders
will be deployed on the seabed and will record continuously. The
recorders will sit directly on the seabed and will be attached to a
ground line with a small weight at its end. Each recorder will be
retrieved by using a grapple to catch the ground line and recover the
unit.
PAM Deployment
Passive acoustic recorders will be deployed in an arrangement
surrounding the survey area for the purposes of PAM. The data collected
will be used for post-season analysis of marine mammal vocalization
detections to help inform an assessment of potential disturbance
effects. The PAM data will also provide information about the long-
range propagation of the airgun noise.
Data Analysis
PAM recordings will be processed at the end of the season using
marine mammal detection and classification software capable of
detecting vocalizations from marine mammals. Particular attention will
be given to the detection of bowhead whale vocalizations since this is
a species of particular concern due to its importance for local
subsistence hunting.
PAM recordings will also be used to detect and quantify airgun
pulses from the survey as recorded on the PAM recorders, to provide
information about the long-range propagation of the survey noise.
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer
reviewed ``where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses'' (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing
regulations state, ``Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at
its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer
review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed
monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan'' (50 CFR
216.108(d)).
NMFS has established an independent peer review panel to review
SAE's 4MP for the proposed seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. The
panel has met in early March 2015, and will provide comments to NMFS in
April 2015. After completion of the peer review, NMFS will consider all
recommendations made by the panel, incorporate appropriate changes into
the monitoring requirements of the IHA (if issued), and publish the
panel's findings and recommendations in the final IHA notice of
issuance or denial document.
Reporting Measures
(1) Sound Source Verification Report
As discussed earlier, if SAE plans to use the 1,240 in\3\ airgun
arrays, SSV tests on these arrays will be required. A report on the
preliminary results of the sound source verification measurements,
including the measured 190, 180, 170, and 160 dB (rms) radii of the
1,240 in\3\ airgun array, would be submitted within 14 days after
collection of those measurements at the start of the field season. This
report will specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were
adopted for the survey.
(2) Weekly Reports
SAE will submit weekly reports to NMFS no later than the close of
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks when seismic
surveys take place. The field reports will summarize species detected,
in-water activity occurring at the time of the sighting, behavioral
reactions to in-
[[Page 20101]]
water activities, and the number of marine mammals exposed to
harassment level noise.
(3) Monthly Reports
SAE will submit monthly reports to NMFS for all months during which
seismic surveys take place. The monthly reports will contain and
summarize the following information:
Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and
associated activities during the seismic survey and marine mammal
sightings.
Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated surveys
(number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
An estimate of the number (by species) of: (i) Pinnipeds
that have been exposed to the seismic surveys (based on visual
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1
[micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of
any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited; and (ii) cetaceans
that have been exposed to the geophysical activity (based on visual
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1
[micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of
any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
(4) Technical Report
The results of SAE's 2015 vessel-based monitoring, including
estimates of ``take'' by harassment, will be presented first in a ``90-
day'' draft Technical Report, to be submitted to NMFS within 90 days
after the end of the seismic survey, and then in a final Technical
Report, which will address any comments NMFS had on the draft. The
Technical Report will include:
(a) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
(b) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
(c) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
(d) Data analysis separated into periods when a seismic airgun
array (or a single mitigation airgun) is operating and when it is not,
to better assess impacts to marine mammals--the final and comprehensive
report to NMFS should summarize and plot:
Data for periods when a seismic array is active and when
it is not; and
The respective predicted received sound conditions over
fairly large areas (tens of km) around operations;
(e) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability), such as:
Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state;
Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun
activity state;
Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun
activity state; and
Estimates of take by harassment;
(f) Results from all hypothesis tests, including estimates of the
associated statistical power, when practicable;
(g) Estimates of uncertainty in all take estimates, with
uncertainty expressed by the presentation of confidence limits, a
minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, or another
applicable method, with the exact approach to be selected based on the
sampling method and data available;
(h) A clear comparison of authorized takes and the level of actual
estimated takes; and
(5) Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA,
such as a serious injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
interaction, and/or entanglement), SAE would immediately cease the
specified activities and immediately report the incident to the Chief
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
report would include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with SAE to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SAE would not be able to
resume its activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
telephone.
In the event that SAE discovers a dead marine mammal, and the lead
PSO determines that the cause of the death is unknown and the death is
relatively recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), SAE would immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline
and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
report would include the same information identified in the paragraph
above. Activities would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the
circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work with SAE to determine
whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.
In the event that SAE discovers a dead marine mammal, and the lead
PSO determines that the death is not associated with or related to the
activities authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage),
SAE would report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the discovery. SAE would
provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine
Mammal Stranding Network. SAE can continue its operations under such a
case.
Monitoring Results From Previously Authorized Activities
SAE was issued an IHA for a 3D OBN seismic survey in the same area
of the proposed 2015 seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea during the 2014
Arctic open-water season. SAE conducted the seismic survey between
August 25 and September 30, 2014. The technical report (90-day report)
submitted by SAE indicates that one beluga whale and 2
[[Page 20102]]
spotted seals were observed within the 180-dB exclusion zones during
the survey that prompted immediate shutdown. Two additional spotted
seals were detected within the zone of influence when the airgun arrays
were firing. Post-activity analysis based on total sighting data
concluded that up to approximately 5 beluga whales and 264 pinnipeds
(likely all spotted seals due to their large numbers) could be exposed
to received levels above 160-dB re 1 [micro]Pa. Some of these could be
exposed to levels that may have Level A harassment which was not
authorized under the previous IHA. Nevertheless, take of Level B
harassment were under the take limits allowed by the IHA issued to SAE.
Based on the monitoring results from SAE's 2014 seismic survey,
NMFS is re-evaluating the potential effects on marine mammals and
requested SAE to conduct analysis on potential Level A takes (see
``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section below).
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].
Takes by Level A and Level B harassments of some species are
anticipated as a result of SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey. NMFS
expects marine mammal takes could result from noise propagation from
operation of seismic airguns. NMFS does not expect marine mammals would
be taken by collision with seismic and support vessels, because the
vessels will be moving at low speeds, and PSOs on the survey vessels
and the mitigation vessel will be monitoring for marine mammals and
will be able to alert the vessels to avoid any marine mammals in the
area.
For impulse sounds, such as those produced by the airguns proposed
to be used in SAE's 3D OBN seismic surveys, NMFS uses the 180 and 190
dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa isopleth to indicate the onset of Level A
harassment for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively; and the 160 dB
(rms) re 1 [mu]Pa isopleth for Level B harassment of all marine
mammals. SAE provided calculations of the 190-, 180-, and 160-dB
isopleths expected to be produced by the proposed seismic surveys and
then used those isopleths to estimate takes by harassment. NMFS used
those calculations to make the necessary MMPA findings. SAE provided a
full description of the methodology used to estimate takes by
harassment in its IHA application, which is also provided in the
following sections.
Acoustic Footprint
The acoustical footprint that could cause harassment (Levels A and
B) was determined by placing a 160-dB isopleth buffer around the area
that would be surveyed (shot) during the 2015 open water season (777
km\2\). SAE stated that for the majority of its proposed 2015 seismic
survey, a 620 in\3\ airgun array would be used. However, to make
conservative impact analysis, SAE uses the acoustic footprint of a
large 1,240 in\3\ array for this analysis.
There are no precise estimates for the 1,240-in\3\ array. The
estimated distances to the 160 dB isopleth for the 1,240-in\3\ array is
based on the sound source measurements from Austin and Warner (2012)
for a 1,200-in\3\ array in Cook Inlet. The results showed a measured
distance of 5.2 km to the 160 dB isopleths (Table 3). Placing a 5.2-km
buffer around the 777 km\2\ maximum shot area results in an estimated
annual ZOI of 1,463 km\2\ (565 mi\2\), which is the ZOI value used in
the exposure estimate calculations.
Because the exact location of the 2015 shoot area is currently
unknown, the distribution of marine mammal habitat within the shoot
area is unknown. However, within the 4,562 km\2\ potential survey box,
18% (860 km\2\) falls within the 0 to 1.5 m water depth range, 17% (753
km\2\) falls within the 1.5 to 5 m range, 36% (1,635 km\2\) within the
5 to 15 m range, and 30 percent% (1,348 km\2\) within waters greater
than 15 m deep (bowhead migration corridor). Thus, not all the area
that could be surveyed in 2015 constitutes bowhead summer (>5 m depth)
or fall migrating (>15 m depth) habitat. Further, few of the lease
areas that could be shot in 2015 extend into the deeper waters of the
potential survey box. The distribution of these depth ranges is found
in Figure 6-1 of SAE's IHA application.
Marine Mammal Densities
Density estimates were derived for bowhead whales, beluga whales,
ringed seals, spotted seals, and bearded seals as described below and
shown in Table 4. There are no available Beaufort Sea density estimates
for gray whales, or extralimital species such as humpback whales,
narwhals, and ribbon seals. Encountering these animals during the
seismic program would be unexpected. The density derivations for the
five species presented in Table 4 are provided in the discussions
below.
Table 4--Marine Mammal Densities (#/km\2\) in the Beaufort Sea
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Summer Fall
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead whale....................................... 0.0049 0.0066
Beluga whale........................................ 0.0020 0.0057
Ringed seal......................................... 0.3547 0.2510
Spotted seal........................................ 0.0177 0.0125
Bearded seal........................................ 0.0177 0.0125
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead Whale: The summer density estimate for bowhead whales was
derived from July and August aerial survey data collected in the
Beaufort Sea during the Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine Mammals (ASAMM)
program in 2012 and 2013. During this period, 276 bowhead whales were
record along 24,560 km of transect line, or 0.0112 whales per km of
transect line. Applying an effective strip half-width (ESW) of 1.15
(Ferguson and Clarke 2013), results in an uncorrected density of
0.0049. This is a much higher density than previous estimates (e.g.,
Brandon et al. 2011) due to relatively high numbers of whales recorded
in the Beaufort Sea in August 2013. In 2013, 205 whales were recorded
along 9,758 km of transect line, with 78% of the sightings (160 whales)
recorded the eastern most blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7. In contrast, 26 of the
71 whales (37%) recorded on-transect during summer 2012 were at or near
Barrow Canyon (Block 12), or the western extreme of the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea, while another 26 (37%) were recorded at the eastern
extreme (Blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7). During these years lesser numbers were
observed in Blocks 1 and 3 where the actual seismic survey is planned.
Fall density estimate was determined from September and October
ASAMM data collected from 2006 to 2013. The Western Arctic stock of
bowhead whale has grown considerably since the late 1970s; thus, data
collected prior to 2006 probably does not well represent current whale
densities. From 2006 to 2013, 1,286 bowhead whales were recorded along
84,400 km of transect line, or 0.1524 per km. Using an ESW of 1.15
results in an uncorrected density of 0.0066.
ASAMM aerial survey data was collected during summer and fall 2014,
and is available to view as daily reports (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php), but
[[Page 20103]]
because this data has not yet been fully vetted, it is not yet
appropriate for use in estimating bowhead densities in the Beaufort Sea
(SAE, 2015). Nevertheless, the daily reports do indicate unusual
nearshore concentrations of (Beaufort Sea) bowheads in both late August
and late September of 2014.
Beluga Whale: There is little information on summer use by beluga
whales in the Beaufort Sea. Moore et al. (2000) reported that only nine
beluga whales were recorded in waters less than 50 m deep during 11,985
km of transect survey effort, or about 0.00057 whales per km. Assuming
an ESW of 0.614, the derived corrected density would be 0.00046 whales
per square mile. The same data did show much higher beluga numbers in
deeper waters.
During the summer aerial surveys conducted during the 2012 and 2013
ASAMM program (Clarke et al. 2013, 2014), six beluga whales were
observed along 2,497 km of transect in waters less than 20 m deep and
between longitudes 140 [deg]W and 154 [deg]W (the area within which the
seismic survey would fall). This equates to 0.0024 whales per km of
trackline and an uncorrected density of 0.0020 assuming an ESW of
0.614.
Calculated fall beluga densities are approximately twice as high as
summer. Between 2006 and 2013, 2,356 beluga were recorded along 83,631
km of transect line flown during September and October, or 0.0281
beluga per km of transect. Assuming an ESW of 0.614 gives an
uncorrected density of 0.0229. However, unlike in summer, almost none
of the fall migrating belugas were recorded in waters less than 20 m
deep. For years where depth data is available (2006, 2009-2013), only
11 of 1,605 (1%) recorded belugas were found in waters less than 20 m
during the fall. To take into account this bias in distribution, but to
remain conservative, the corrected density estimate is reduced to 25%,
or 0.0057.
Summer and fall beluga data was also collected in 2014, but as with
the bowhead data mentioned above, it has not yet been checked for
accuracy and, therefore, is not yet appropriate for estimating density
(SAE, 2015). Regardless, the data that is available from online daily
reports (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php)
indicates that a number of belugas were observed near shore in 2014,
especially during the summer.
Spotted Seal: Surveys for ringed seals have been recently conducted
in the Beaufort Sea by Kingsley (1986), Frost et al. (2002), Moulton
and Lawson (2002), Green and Negri (2005), and Green et al. (2006,
2007). The shipboard monitoring surveys by Green and Negri (2005) and
Green et al. (2006, 2007) were not systematically based, but are useful
in estimating the general composition of pinnipeds in the Beaufort
nearshore, including the Colville River Delta. Frost et al.'s aerial
surveys were conducted during ice coverage and do not fully represent
the summer and fall conditions under which the Beaufort surveys will
occur. Moulton and Lawson (2002) conducted summer shipboard-based
surveys for pinnipeds along the nearshore Beaufort Sea coast and
developed seasonal average and maximum densities representative of
SAE's Beaufort summer seismic project, while the Kingsley (1986)
conducted surveys along the ice margin representing fall conditions.
Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007) recorded
pinnipeds during barging activity between West Dock and Cape Simpson,
and found high numbers of ringed seal in Harrison Bay, and peaks in
spotted seal numbers off the Colville River Delta where haulout sites
are located. Approximately 5% of all phocid sightings recorded by Green
and Negri (2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007) were spotted seals,
which provide a estimate of the proportion of ringed seals versus
spotted seals in the Colville River Delta and Harrison Bay. Thus, the
estimated densities of spotted seals in the seismic survey area were
derived by multiplying the ringed seal densities from Moulton and
Lawson (2002) and Kingsley (1986) by 0.05. However, monitoring
conducted by Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) of SAE's 2014 seismic program
near the Colville River Delta showed higher than expected spotted seal
use of the potential seismic survey area, probably due to repeated
sightings of local spotted seals closer to the Delta haul out sites.
This information was used to adjust the take requests.
Bearded Seal: Bearded seals were also recorded in Harrison Bay and
the Colville River Delta by Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al.
(2006, 2007), but at lower proportions to ringed seals than spotted
seals. However, estimating bearded seal densities based on the
proportion of bearded seals observed during the barge-based surveys
results in densities estimates that appear unrealistically low given
density estimates from other studies, especially given that nearby
Thetis Island is used as a base for annually hunting this seal
(densities are seasonally high enough for focused hunting). For
conservative purposes, the bearded seal density values used in this
application are derived from Stirling et al.'s (1982) observations that
the proportion of eastern Beaufort Sea bearded seals is 5% that of
ringed seals, similar as was done for spotted seals.
Level B Exposure Calculations
The estimated potential harassment take of local marine mammals by
the SAE's Beaufort seismic project was determined by multiplying the
seasonal animal densities in Table 4 with the seasonal area that would
be ensonified by seismic-generated noise greater than 160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms). The total area that would be ensonified during 2015 is
1,463 km\2\ (565 mi\2\). Assuming that half this area would be
ensonified in summer and half in fall, the seasonal ZOI would be half
1,463 km\2\, or 731.5 km\2\ (282.5 mi\2\). The resulting exposure
calculations are found in Table 5.
Table 5--The Estimated Number of Marine Mammals Potentially Exposed to Received Sound Levels Greater Than 160 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seasonal Summer Summer Fall Fall
Species ZOI (km\2\) density exposure density exposure Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead Whale..................... 731.5 0.0049 4 0.0066 5 9
Beluga Whale...................... 731.5 0.0020 1 0.0057 4 7
Ringed Seal....................... 731.5 0.3547 259 0.2510 184 443
Spotted Seal...................... 731.5 0.0177 13 0.0125 9 22
Bearded Seal...................... 731.5 0.0177 13 0.0125 9 22
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 20104]]
The requested take authorization is found in Table 6, and includes
requested authorization for gray whales in which the estimated take is
zero, but for which records for the Alaskan Beaufort Sea occur. The
requested take authorization for ringed seals and spotted seals has
also been adjusted based on observations during SAE's 2014 seismic
operations immediately east of the Colville River Delta (Lomac-MacNair
et al. 2014a). Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) only observed 5 confirmed
sightings of ringed seals, none of which were observed during active
seismic activity. But they also observed 40 spotted seals (4 during
active seismic) and an additional 28 seals (also 4 during active
seismic) that were either a ringed or spotted seal. Given only 88 km\2\
(34 mi\2\) were shot in 2014, this would extrapolate to about 353
spotted seals potential observed and 35 spotted seals observed during
seismic activity, during the planned 777 km\2\ (300 mi\2\) of operation
planned in 2015. If 80% of the ringed/spotted seal sightings were
actually spotted seals, then an additional 200 spotted seals would be
observed and an additional 28 observed during seismic activity. Given
the nearshore location of the planned seismic activities and proximity
to Colville River Delta spotted seal haulout sites, and likelihood that
a number of seals that were exposed to seismic noise exceeding 160 dB
were not observed, the requested take authorization for spotted seals
has been increased to 500.
Level A Exposure Calculations
As discussed earlier in this section, NMFS considers that exposures
to pinnipeds at noise levels above 190 dB and cetaceans at noise levels
above 180 dB constitute Level A takes under the MMPA. Although brief
exposure of marine mammals at these levels are not likely to cause TTS
or PTS (Southall et al. 2007), this consideration is a precaution NMFS
takes for its effect analysis.
The methods used in estimate Level A exposure is the same for Level
B estimates, i.e., multiplying the total amount of area that could be
seasonally ensonified by noise levels exceeding 190 and 180 dB by
density of each species. Because the radii to both the 190 dB (250 m)
and 180 dB (910 m) are essentially equal to or larger than the mid-
point (250 m) between the seismic source lines, the entire 777-km\2\
seismic maximum source area would be ensonified, plus protective
buffers of 250 m and 910 m around the source area. Thus, the 190 dB ZOI
relative to pinnipeds would be 805 km\2\, or 402.5 km\2\ for each the
summer and fall season, while the 180 dB ZOI would be 883 km\2\, or
441.5 km\2\ each season. Multiplying these values by the animal
densities provides the Level A exposure estimates shown in Table 6.
Table 6--The Estimated Level A and Level B Harassments and Requested Take of Marine Mammals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated Level B Estimated Percent of
Species Stock level B take level A take by
abundance exposures requested exposure stock
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead whale.................................. 19,534 9 15 5 0.10
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea stock).............. 39,258 7 15 4 0.05
Beluga whale (E. Chukchi Sea stock)............ 3,710 7 15 4 0.51
Gray whale..................................... 19,126 0 2 0 0.00
Ringed seal.................................... 300,000 443 500 246 0.25
Spotted seal................................... 141,479 22 500 12 0.36
Bearded seal................................... 155,000 22 25 12 0.02
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The estimated Level A and Level B takes as a percentage of the
marine mammal stock are 0.11% and 0.40% or less, respectively, in all
cases (Table 6). The highest percent of population estimated to be
taken is 0.11% for Level A and 0.40% for Level B harassments for the
East Chukchi Sea stock of beluga whale. However, that percentage
assumes that all beluga whales taken are from that population.
Similarly, the 0.01% potential Level A and 0.04% Level B take
percentage for the Beaufort Sea stock of beluga whale assumes that all
15 beluga whales are taken from the Beaufort Sea stock. Most likely,
some beluga whales would be taken from each stock, meaning fewer than
15 beluga whales would be taken from either individual stock.
Therefore, the Level A take of beluga whales as a percentage of
populations would likely be below 0.11 and 0.01% for the Beaufort Sea
and East Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively. The Level B takes of beluga
whales as a percentage of populations would likely be below 0.40 and
0.04% for the Beaufort Sea and East Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively.
However, the estimated numbers of Level A harassment do not take into
consideration either avoidance or mitigation effectiveness. The actual
takes are expected to be lower as animals will avoid areas where noise
is intense. In addition, the prescribed mitigation measure will further
reduce the number of animals being exposed to noise levels that
constitute a Level A, thus further reducing Level A harassment.
The total takes represent less than 0.51% of any stocks of marine
mammals in the vicinity of the action area (Table 6).
Analysis and Preliminary Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of Level B harassment takes,
alone, is not enough information on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through behavioral harassment,
NMFS must consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration, etc.), the context of any
responses (critical reproductive time or location, migration, etc.), as
well as the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes,
the number of estimated mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status
of the species.
No serious injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a
result of SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey, and none are proposed to be
authorized. The takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected
to be limited to short-term Level B behavioral harassment, and limited
Level A harassment in terms of potential hearing threshold shifts.
While the airguns are expected to be operated
[[Page 20105]]
for approximately 49 days within a 70-day period, the project timeframe
will occur when cetacean species are typically not found in the project
area or are found only in low numbers. While pinnipeds are likely to be
found in the proposed project area more frequently, their distribution
is dispersed enough that they likely will not be in the Level A or
Level B harassment zone continuously. As mentioned previously in this
document, pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of anthropogenic sound
than mysticetes.
Most of the bowhead whales encountered will likely show overt
disturbance (avoidance) only if they receive airgun sounds with levels
>= 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. Odontocete reactions to seismic airgun pulses
are generally assumed to be limited to shorter distances from the
airgun than are those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-
frequency hearing is assumed to be less sensitive than that of
mysticetes. However, at least when in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in
summer, belugas appear to be fairly responsive to seismic energy, with
few being sighted within 6-12 mi (10-20 km) of seismic vessels during
aerial surveys (Miller et al. 2005). Belugas will likely occur in small
numbers in the Beaufort Sea during the survey period and few will
likely be affected by the survey activity.
As noted, elevated background noise level from the seismic airgun
reverberant field could cause acoustic masking to marine mammals and
reduce their communication space. However, even though the decay of the
signal is extended, the fact that pulses are separated by approximately
8 to 10 seconds for each individual source vessel (or 4 to 5 seconds
when taking into account the two separate source vessels stationed 300
to 335 m apart) means that overall received levels at distance are
expected to be much lower, thus resulting in less acoustic masking.
Most cetaceans (and particularly Arctic cetaceans) show relatively
high levels of avoidance when received sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight Arctic cetaceans within
the 180 dB radius, especially for prolonged duration. Results from
monitoring programs associated with seismic activities in the Arctic
indicate that cetaceans respond in different ways to sound levels lower
than 180 dB. These results have been used by agencies to support
monitoring requirements within distances where received levels fall
below 160 dB and even 120 dB. Thus, very few animals would be exposed
to sound levels of 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) regardless of detectability
by PSOs. Avoidance varies among individuals and depends on their
activities or reasons for being in the area, and occasionally a few
individual Arctic cetaceans will tolerate sound levels above 160 dB.
Tolerance of levels above 180 dB is infrequent regardless of the
circumstances, and marine mammals exposed to levels this high are
expected to avoid the source, thereby minimizing the probability of
TTS. Therefore, a calculation of the number of cetaceans potentially
exposed to >180 dB that is based simply on density would be a gross
overestimate of the numbers expected to be exposed to 180 dB. Such
calculations would be misleading unless avoidance response behaviors
were taken into account to estimate what fraction of those originally
present within the soon-to-be ensonified to >180 dB zone (as estimated
from density) would still be there by the time levels reach 180 dB.
It is estimated that up to 5 bowhead whales and 4 beluga whales
could be exposed to received noise levels above 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms), and 246 ringed seals and 12 bearded and spotted seals could be
exposed to received noise levels above 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for
durations long enough to cause TTS if the animals do not avoid are area
for some reason and are not detected in time to have mitigation
measures implemented (or even PTS if such exposures occurred
repeatedly). None of the other species are expected to be exposed to
received sound levels anticipated to cause TTS or PTS. However, the
actual Level A takes are likely to be lower due to animals avoiding the
injury zone and the mitigation implementation. The Level A takes
estimated do not take into consideration either avoidance or mitigation
effectiveness.
Marine mammals that are taken by TTS are expected to receive minor
(in the order of several dBs) and brief (minutes to hours) temporary
hearing impairment because (1) animals are not likely to remain for
prolonged periods within high intensity sound fields, and (2) both the
seismic vessel and the animals are constantly moving, and it is
unlikely that the animal will be moving along with the vessel during
the survey. Although repeated experience to TTS could result in PTS
(Level A harassment), for the same reasons discussed above, even if
marine mammals experience PTS, the degree of PTS is expected to be
mild, resulting in a few dB elevation of hearing threshold. Therefore,
even if a few marine mammals receive TTS or PTS, the degree of these
effects are expected to be minor and, in the case of TTS, brief, and
are not expected to be biologically significant for the population or
species.
Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned,
effects on marine mammals are generally expected to be restricted to
avoidance of a limited area around SAE's proposed open-water activities
and short-term changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition
of ``Level A and Level B harassments.'' The many reported cases of
apparent tolerance by cetaceans to seismic exploration, vessel traffic,
and some other human activities show that co-existence is possible.
Mitigation measures, such as controlled vessel speed, dedicated marine
mammal observers, non-pursuit, ramp up procedures, and shut downs or
power downs when marine mammals are seen within defined ranges, will
further reduce short-term reactions and minimize any effects on hearing
sensitivity. In all cases, the effects are expected to be short-term,
with no lasting biological consequence.
Of the marine mammal species or stocks likely to occur in the
proposed seismic survey area, two are listed under the ESA: The bowhead
whale and ringed seal. Those two species are also designated as
``depleted'' under the MMPA. Despite these designations, the Bering-
Chukchi-Beaufort stock of bowheads has been increasing at a rate of
3.4% annually for nearly a decade (Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in
the face of ongoing industrial activity. Additionally, during the 2001
census, 121 calves were counted, which was the highest yet recorded.
The calf count provides corroborating evidence for a healthy and
increasing population (Allen and Angliss, 2011). Certain stocks or
populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of
those stocks or populations occur in the proposed activity area. Ringed
seals were recently listed under the ESA as threatened species, and are
considered depleted under the MMPA. On July 25, 2014, the U.S. District
Court for the District of Alaska vacated NMFS' rule listing the
Beringia bearded seal DPS as threatened and remanded the rule to NMFS
to correct the deficiencies identified in the opinion. None of the
other species that may occur in the project area is listed as
threatened or endangered under the ESA or designated as depleted under
the MMPA. There is currently no established critical habitat in the
proposed project area for any of these species.
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed
previously in
[[Page 20106]]
this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' section).
Although some disturbance of food sources of marine mammals is
possible, any impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to not
affect rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the area.
The marine survey activities would occur in a localized area, and given
the vast area of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by marine mammals
occurs, any missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area
could be offset by feeding opportunities in other available feeding
areas.
In addition, no important feeding or reproductive areas are known
in the vicinity of SAE's proposed seismic surveys at the time the
proposed surveys are to take place. No critical habitat of ESA-listed
marine mammal species occurs in the Beaufort Sea.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea,
Alaska, will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal
species or stocks.
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be authorized represent less than
0.4% for Level B harassment and 0.11% for Level A harassment of all
populations or stocks potentially impacted (see Table 6 in this
document). These take estimates represent the percentage of each
species or stock that could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment
if each animal is taken only once. The numbers of marine mammals
estimated to be taken are small proportions of the total populations of
the affected species or stocks. In addition, the mitigation and
monitoring measures (described previously in this document) proposed
for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce even
further any potential disturbance and injuries to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals
will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or
stocks.
Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The proposed seismic activities will occur within the marine
subsistence area used by the village of Nuiqsut. Nuiqsut was
established in 1973 at a traditional location on the Colville River
providing equal access to upland (e.g., caribou, Dall sheep) and marine
(e.g., whales, seals, and eiders) resources (Brown 1979). Although
Nuiqsut is located 40 km (25 mi) inland, bowhead whales are still a
major fall subsistence resource. Although bowhead whales have been
harvested in the past all along the barrier islands, Cross Island is
the site currently used as the fall whaling base, as it includes cabins
and equipment for butchering whales. However, whalers must travel about
160 km (100 mi) to annually reach the Cross Island whaling camp, which
is located in a direct line over 110 direct km (70 mi) from Nuiqsut.
Whaling activity usually begins in late August with the arrival whales
migrating from the Canadian Beaufort Sea, and may occur as late as
early October, depending on ice conditions and quota fulfillment. Most
whaling occurs relatively near (<16 km or <10 mi) the island, largely
to prevent meat spoilage that can occur with a longer tow back to Cross
Island. Since 1993, Cross Island hunters have harvested one to four
whales annually, averaging three.
Cross Island is located 70 km (44 mi) east of the eastern boundary
of the seismic survey box. (Point Barrow is over 180 km [110 mi]
outside the potential survey box.) Seismic activities are unlikely to
affect Barrow or Cross Island based whaling, especially if the seismic
operations temporarily cease during the fall bowhead whale hunt.
Although Nuiqsut whalers may incidentally harvest beluga whales
while hunting bowheads, these whales are rarely seen and are not
actively pursued. Any harvest that would occur would most likely be in
association with Cross Island.
The potential seismic survey area is also used by Nuiqsut villagers
for hunting seals. All three seal species that are likely to be taken--
ringed, spotted, and bearded--are hunted. Sealing begins in April and
May when villagers hunt seals at breathing holes in Harrison Bay. In
early June, hunting is concentrated at the mouth of the Colville River,
where ice breakup flooding results in the ice thinning and seals
becoming more visible.
Once the ice is clear of the Delta (late June), hunters will hunt
in open boats along the ice edge from Harrison Bay to Thetis Island in
a route called ``round the world.'' Thetis Island is important as it
provides a weather refuge and a base for hunting bearded seals. During
July and August, ringed and spotted seals are hunted in the lower 65 km
(40 mi) of the Colville River proper.
In terms of pounds, approximately one-third of the village of
Nuiqsut's annual subsistence harvest is marine mammals (fish and
caribou dominate the rest), of which bowhead whales contribute by far
the most (Fuller and George 1999). Seals contribute only 2 to 3% of
annual subsistence harvest (Brower and Opie 1997, Brower and Hepa 1998,
Fuller and George 1999). Fuller and George (1999) estimated that 46
seals were harvested in 1992. The more common ringed seals appear to
dominate the harvest, although the larger and thicker-skinned bearded
seals are probably preferred. Spotted seals occur in the Colville River
Delta in small numbers, which is reflected in the harvest.
Available harvest records suggest that most seal harvest occurs in
the months preceding the proposed August start of the seismic survey,
when waning ice conditions provide the best opportunity to approach and
kill hauled out seals. Much of the late summer seal harvest occurs in
the Colville River as the seals follow fish runs upstream. Still, open-
water seal hunting could occur coincident with the seismic surveys,
especially bearded seal hunts based from Thetis Island. In general,
however, given the relatively low contribution of seals to the Nuiqsut
subsistence, and the greater opportunity to hunt seals earlier in the
season, any potential impact by the seismic survey on seal hunting is
likely remote.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as: ``an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is
likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
Noise and general activity during SAE's proposed 3D OBN seismic
survey have the potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native
Alaskans. In the case of cetaceans, the most common
[[Page 20107]]
reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as noted previously) is avoidance of
the ensonified area. In the case of bowhead whales, this often means
that the animals divert from their normal migratory path by several
kilometers. Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity of
traditional hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt. Native
knowledge indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly
``skittish'' in the presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary
around the hunters and tend to expose a much smaller portion of their
back when surfacing, which makes harvesting more difficult.
Additionally, natives report that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors,
such as tail-slapping, in the presence of seismic activity, which
translate to danger for nearby subsistence harvesters.
Responses of seals to seismic airguns are expected to be
negligible. Bain and Williams (2006) studied the responses of harbor
seals, California sea lions, and Steller sea lions to seismic airguns
and found that seals at exposure levels above 170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (peak-
peak) often showed avoidance behavior, including generally staying at
the surface and keeping their heads out of the water, but that the
responses were not overt, and there were no detectable responses at low
exposure levels.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures to Minimize Impacts to Subsistence
Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for
activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of
Cooperation (POC) or information that identifies what measures have
been taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the
availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes.
SAE has prepared a draft POC, which was developed by identifying
and evaluating any potential effects the proposed seismic survey might
have on seasonal abundance that is relied upon for subsistence use. For
the proposed project, SAE states that it is working closely with the
North Slope Borough (NSB) and its partner Kuukpik Corporation, to
identify subsistence communities and activities that may take place
within or near the project area. The draft POC is attached to SAE's IHA
application.
As a joint venture partner with Kuukpik, SAE will be working
closely with them and the communities on the North Slope to plan
operations that will include measures that are environmentally suitable
and that do not impact local subsistence use. A Conflict Avoidance
Agreement (CAA) will be developed that will include such measures.
SAE adopted a three-stage process to develop its POC:
Stage 1: To open communications SAE has presented the program
description to the AEWC during their quarterly meeting in December,
2014. SAE will also be presenting the project at the open water meeting
in March 2015 in Anchorage. Collaboration meetings will be held in
March and April 2015 with Kuukpik Corporation leaders. Kuukpik
Corporation is a joint venture partner in the project. Permits to all
federal, state and local government agencies will be submitted in the
spring of 2015. Ongoing discussions and meeting with these agencies
have been occurring in order to meet our operational window in the
project area.
Prior to offshore activities, SAE will meet and consult with nearby
communities, namely the North Slope Borough (NSB) planning department
and the NSB Fish and Wildlife division. SAE will also present its
project during a community meeting in the villages of Nuiqsut, and
Kaktovik to discuss the planned activities. The discussions will
include the project description, the Plan of Cooperation, resolution of
potential conflicts, and proposed operational window. These meetings
will help to identify any subsistence conflicts. These meetings will
allow SAE to understand community concerns, and requests for
communication or mitigation. Additional communications will continue
throughout the project.
Stage 2: SAE will document results of all meetings and incorporate
to mitigate concerns into the POC. There shall be a review of permit
stipulations and a permit matrix developed for the crews. The means of
communications and contacts list will be developed and implemented into
operations. The use of scientific and Inupiat PSOs/Communicators on
board the vessels will ensure that appropriate precautions are taken to
avoid harassment of marine mammals, including whales, seals, walruses,
or polar bears. SAE will coordinate the timing and location of
operations with the Com-Centers in Deadhorse and Kaktovik to minimize
impact to the subsistence activities or the Nuiqsut/Kaktovik bowhead
whale hunt.
Stage 3: If a conflict does occur with project activities and
subsistence hunting, the SAs will immediately contact the project
manager and the Com Center. If avoidance is not possible, the project
manager will initiate communication with a representative from the
impacted subsistence hunter group(s) to resolve the issue and to plan
an alternative course of action (which may include ceasing operations
during the whale hunt).
In addition, the following mitigation measures will be imposed in
order to effect the least practicable adverse impact on the
availability of marine mammal species for subsistence uses:
(i) Establishment and operations of Communication and Call Centers
(Com-Center) Program
For the purposes of reducing or eliminating conflicts
between subsistence whaling activities and SAE's survey program, SAE
will participate with other operators in the Com-Center Program. Com-
Centers will be operated to facilitate communication of information
between SAE and subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers will be operated
24 hours/day during the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead whale hunt.
All vessels shall report to the appropriate Com-Center at
least once every six hours, commencing each day with a call at
approximately 06:00 hours.
The appropriate Com-Center shall be notified if there is
any significant change in plans, such as an unannounced start-up of
operations or significant deviations from announced course, and that
Com-Center shall notify all whalers of such changes. The appropriate
Com-Center also shall be called regarding any unsafe or unanticipated
ice conditions.
(ii) SAE shall monitor the positions of all of its vessels and
exercise due care in avoiding any areas where subsistence activity is
active.
(iii) Routing barge and transit vessels:
Vessels transiting in the Beaufort Sea east of Bullen
Point to the Canadian border shall remain at least 5 miles offshore
during transit along the coast, provided ice and sea conditions allow.
During transit in the Chukchi Sea, vessels shall remain as far offshore
as weather and ice conditions allow, and at all times at least 5 miles
offshore.
From August 31 to October 31, vessels in the Chukchi Sea
or Beaufort Sea shall remain at least 20 miles offshore of the coast of
Alaska from Icy Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on the east side
of Smith Bay in the Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an emergency
that threatens the safety of the vessel or crew prevents compliance
with this requirement. This condition shall not apply to vessels
actively engaged in transit to or from a coastal community to conduct
crew changes or logistical support operations.
Vessels shall be operated at speeds necessary to ensure no
physical contact
[[Page 20108]]
with whales occurs, and to make any other potential conflicts with
bowheads or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall be less than 10 knots
in the proximity of feeding whales or whale aggregations.
If any vessel inadvertently approaches within 1.6
kilometers (1 mile) of observed bowhead whales, except when providing
emergency assistance to whalers or in other emergency situations, the
vessel operator will take reasonable precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or more of the
following actions, as appropriate:
[cir] reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 900 feet of
the whale(s);
[cir] steering around the whale(s) if possible;
[cir] operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
[cir] operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
[cir] checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
(iv) Limitation on seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
Kaktovik: No seismic survey from the Canadian Border to
the Canning River from around August 25 to close of the fall bowhead
whale hunt in Kaktovik and Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates.
From around August 10 to August 25, based on the actual hunt dates, SAE
will communicate and collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling
Commission (AEWC) on any planned vessel movement in and around Kaktovik
and Cross Island to avoid impacts to whale hunting.
Nuiqsut:
[cir] Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No seismic survey prior to
July 25 inside the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey from around
August 25 to close of fall bowhead whale hunting outside the Barrier
Island in Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates.
[cir] Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No seismic survey from
around August 25 to the close of bowhead whale subsistence hunting in
Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates.
Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt Point on the east side
of Smith Bay to a location about half way between Barrow and Peard Bay
from September 15 to the close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in
Barrow.
(v) SAE shall complete operations in time to allow such vessels to
complete transit through the Bering Strait to a point south of 59
degrees North latitude no later than November 15, 2015. Any vessel that
encounters weather or ice that will prevent compliance with this date
shall coordinate its transit through the Bering Strait to a point south
of 59 degrees North latitude with the appropriate Com-Centers. SAE
vessels shall, weather and ice permitting, transit east of St. Lawrence
Island and no closer than 10 miles from the shore of St. Lawrence
Island.
Finally, SAE plans to sign a Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA)
with the Alaska whaling communities to further ensure that its proposed
open-water seismic survey activities in the Beaufort Sea will not have
unmitigable impacts to subsistence activities.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination
SAE has adopted a spatial and temporal strategy for its 3D OBN
seismic survey that should minimize impacts to subsistence hunters and
ensure the sufficient availability of species for hunters to meet
subsistence needs. SAE will temporarily cease seismic activities during
the fall bowhead whale hunt, which will allow the hunt to occur without
any adverse impact from SAE's activities. Although some seal hunting
co-occurs temporally with SAE's proposed seismic survey, the locations
do not overlap, so SAE's activities will not impact the hunting areas
and will not directly displace sealers or place physical barriers
between the sealers and the seals. In addition, SAE is conducting the
seismic surveys in a joint partnership agreement with Kuukpik
Corporation, which allows SAE to work closely with the native
communities on the North Slope to plan operations that include measures
that are environmentally suitable and that do not impact local
subsistence use, and to adjust the operations, if necessary, to
minimize any potential impacts that might arise. Based on the
description of the specified activity, the measures described to
minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from SAE's proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead whale is listed as endangered
and the ringed seal is listed as threatened under the ESA. NMFS'
Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation with staff
in NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division under section 7 of
the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to SAE under section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a
determination on the issuance of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA), pursuant to
NEPA, to determine whether the issuance of an IHA to SAE for its 3D
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-water
season may have a significant impact on the human environment. NMFS has
released a draft of the EA for public comment along with this proposed
IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to SAE for conducting a 3D OBN seismic survey in Beaufort
Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-water season, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are
incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued).
(1) This Authorization is valid from July 1, 2015, through October
15, 2015.
(2) This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with
open-water 3D seismic surveys and related activities in the Beaufort
Sea. The specific areas where SAE's surveys will be conducted are
within the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as shown in Figure 1-1 of SAE's IHA
application.
(3)(a) The species authorized for incidental harassment takings,
Level A and Level B harassment, are: beluga whales (Delphinapterus
leucas); bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus); gray whales (Eschrichtius
robustus), bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus); spotted seals (Phoca
largha); and ringed seals (P. hispida) (Table 6).
(3)(b) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the
following acoustic sources and from the following activities:
(i) 620-in\3\ and 1,240-in\3\ airgun arrays and other acoustic
sources for 3D open-water seismic surveys; and
(ii) Vessel activities related to open-water seismic surveys listed
in (i).
(3)(c) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under
this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to
the Alaska Regional Administrator (907-586-7221) or his designee in
Anchorage
[[Page 20109]]
(907-271-3023), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the Chief
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, at (301) 427-8401, or her designee (301-427-8418).
(4) The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at
least 48 hours prior to the start of collecting seismic data (unless
constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case
notification shall be made as soon as possible).
(5) Prohibitions
(a) The taking, by incidental harassment only, is limited to the
species listed under condition 3(a) above and by the numbers listed in
Table 6. The taking by serious injury or death of these species or the
taking by harassment, injury or death of any other species of marine
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or
revocation of this Authorization.
(b) The taking of any marine mammal is prohibited whenever the
required source vessel protected species observers (PSOs), required by
condition 7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance with condition
7(a)(i) of this Authorization.
(6) Mitigation
(a) Establishing Exclusion and Disturbance Zones
(i) Establish and monitor with trained PSOs exclusion zones
surrounding the 10 in\3\ and 620 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source
vessel where the received level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1
[mu]Pa for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively. The sizes of these
zones are provided in Table 3.
(ii) Establish and monitor with trained PSOs preliminary exclusion
zones surrounding the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source vessel
where the received level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for
cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively. For purposes of the field
verification test, described in condition 7(e)(i), these zones are
estimated to be 250 m and 910 m from the seismic source for 190 and 180
dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa, respectively.
(iii) Establish zones of influence (ZOIs) surrounding the 10 in\3\
and 620 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source vessel where the received
level would be 160 (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa. The sizes of these zones are
provided in Table 3.
(iv) Establish the ZOI surrounding the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays on
the source vessel where the received level would be 160 dB (rms) re 1
[mu]Pa for marine mammals. For purposes of the field verification test,
described in condition 7(e)(i), the zone is estimated to be 5,200 m
from the source.
(v) Immediately upon completion of data analysis of the field
verification measurements required under condition 7(e)(i) below, the
new 160-dB, 180-dB, and 190-dB marine mammal ZOI and exclusion zones
for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun array shall be established based on the
sound source verification.
(b) Vessel Movement Mitigation:
(i) Avoid concentrations or groups of whales by all vessels under
the direction of SAE. Operators of support vessels should, at all
times, conduct their activities at the maximum distance possible from
such concentrations or groups of whales.
(ii) If any vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed
bowhead whales, except when providing emergency assistance to whalers
or in other emergency situations, the vessel operator will take
reasonable precautions to avoid potential interaction with the bowhead
whales by taking one or more of the following actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
(iii) When weather conditions require, such as when visibility
drops, adjust vessel speed accordingly, but not to exceed 5 knots, to
avoid the likelihood of injury to whales.
(c) Mitigation Measures for Airgun Operations
(i) Ramp-up:
(A) A ramp up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.
(B) If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the exclusion zone
during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed
until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside of the exclusion zone or
the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 minutes for pinnipeds, or
30 minutes for cetaceans.
(C) If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has
been discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up
procedures shall be implemented. If the PSO watch has been suspended
during that time, a 30-minute clearance of the exclusion zone is
required prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun
activity for less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
(D) The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the
times when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
(ii) Power-down/Shutdown:
(A) The airgun array shall be immediately powered down whenever a
marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun.
(B) If a marine mammal is already within or is about to enter the
exclusion zone when first detected, the airguns shall be powered down
immediately.
(C) Following a power-down, firing of the full airgun array shall
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone if it is
visually observed to have left the exclusion zone of the full array, or
has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes for pinnipeds, or 30
minutes for cetaceans.
(D) If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the 190
or 180 dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, the airgun array shall be shutdown.
(E) Firing of the full airgun array or the mitigation gun shall not
resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone of the
full array or mitigation gun, respectively. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the exclusion zone as described above under
ramp up procedures.
(iii) Poor Visibility Conditions:
(A) If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or darkness,
the full 180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot
commence a ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
(B) If one or more airguns have been operational before nightfall
or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain
operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this
case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be
alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
(iv) Use of a Small-volume Airgun During Turns and Transits
[[Page 20110]]
(A) Throughout the seismic survey, during turning movements and
short transits, SAE will employ the use of the smallest-volume airgun
(i.e., ``mitigation airgun'') to deter marine mammals from being within
the immediate area of the seismic operations. The mitigation airgun
would be operated at approximately one shot per minute and would not be
operated for longer than three hours in duration (turns may last two to
three hours for the proposed project).
(B) During turns or brief transits (i.e., less than three hours)
between seismic tracklines, one mitigation airgun will continue
operating. The ramp up procedures described above will be followed when
increasing the source levels from the one mitigation airgun to the full
airgun array. However, keeping one airgun firing during turns and brief
transits allow SAE to resume seismic surveys using the full array
without having to ramp up from a ``cold start,'' which requires a 30-
minute observation period of the full exclusion zone and is prohibited
during darkness or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be on
duty whenever the airguns are firing during daylight and during the 30-
minute periods prior to ramp-ups from a ``cold start.''
(d) Mitigation Measures for Subsistence Activities:
(i) For the purposes of reducing or eliminating conflicts between
subsistence whaling activities and SAE's survey program, the holder of
this Authorization will participate with other operators in the
Communication and Call Centers (Com-Center) Program. Com-Centers will
be operated to facilitate communication of information between SAE and
subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers will be operated 24 hours/day
during the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead whale hunt.
(ii) All vessels shall report to the appropriate Com-Center at
least once every six hours, commencing each day with a call at
approximately 06:00 hours.
(iii) The appropriate Com-Center shall be notified if there is any
significant change in plans. The appropriate Com-Center also shall be
called regarding any unsafe or unanticipated ice conditions.
(iv) Upon notification by a Com-Center operator of an at-sea
emergency, the holder of this Authorization shall provide such
assistance as necessary to prevent the loss of life, if conditions
allow the holder of this Authorization to safely do so.
(v) SAE shall monitor the positions of all of its vessels and
exercise due care in avoiding any areas where subsistence activity is
active.
(vi) Routing barge and transit vessels:
(A) Vessels transiting in the Beaufort Sea east of Bullen Point to
the Canadian border shall remain at least 5 miles offshore during
transit along the coast, provided ice and sea conditions allow. During
transit in the Chukchi Sea, vessels shall remain as far offshore as
weather and ice conditions allow, and at all times at least 5 miles
offshore.
(B) From August 31 to October 31, vessels in the Chukchi Sea or
Beaufort Sea shall remain at least 20 miles offshore of the coast of
Alaska from Icy Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on the east side
of Smith Bay in the Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an emergency
that threatens the safety of the vessel or crew prevents compliance
with this requirement. This condition shall not apply to vessels
actively engaged in transit to or from a coastal community to conduct
crew changes or logistical support operations.
(C) Vessels shall be operated at speeds necessary to ensure no
physical contact with whales occurs, and to make any other potential
conflicts with bowheads or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall be
less than 10 knots in the proximity of feeding whales or whale
aggregations.
(D) If any vessel inadvertently approaches within 1.6 kilometers (1
mile) of observed bowhead whales, except when providing emergency
assistance to whalers or in other emergency situations, the vessel
operator will take reasonable precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or more of the
following actions, as appropriate:
Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 900 feet
of the whale(s);
Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid
separating members of a group of whales from other members of the
group;
Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s)
to ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are
engaged.
(vii) Limitation on seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
(A) Kaktovik: No seismic survey from the Canadian Border to the
Canning River from August 25 to close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in
Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. From around August 10 to August 25, based on the
actual hunt date, SAE will communicate and collaborate with the Alaska
Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any planned vessel movement in and
around Kaktovik and Cross Island to avoid impacts to whale hunting.
(B) Nuiqsut:
Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No seismic survey prior
to July 25 inside the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey from around
August 25 to close of fall bowhead whale hunting outside the Barrier
Island in Nuiqsut, based on actual hunt dates.
Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No seismic survey from
around August 25 to the close of bowhead whale subsistence hunting in
Nuiqsut, based on actual hunt dates.
(C) Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt Point on the east side of
Smith Bay to a location about half way between Barrow and Peard Bay
from September 15 to the close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in
Barrow.
(viii) SAE shall complete operations in time to allow such vessels
to complete transit through the Bering Strait to a point south of 59
degrees North latitude no later than November 15, 2015. Any vessel that
encounters weather or ice that will prevent compliance with this date
shall coordinate its transit through the Bering Strait to a point south
of 59 degrees North latitude with the appropriate Com-Centers. SAE
vessels shall, weather and ice permitting, transit east of St. Lawrence
Island and no closer than 10 miles from the shore of St. Lawrence
Island.
(7) Monitoring:
(a) Vessel-based Visual Monitoring:
(i) Vessel-based visual monitoring for marine mammals shall be
conducted by NMFS-approved PSOs throughout the period of survey
activities.
(ii) PSOs shall be stationed aboard the seismic survey vessels and
mitigation vessel through the duration of the surveys.
(iii) A sufficient number of PSOs shall be onboard the survey
vessel to meet the following criteria:
(A) 100% monitoring coverage during all periods of survey
operations in daylight;
(B) maximum of 4 consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
(C) maximum of 12 hours of watch time per day per PSO.
(iv) The vessel-based marine mammal monitoring shall provide the
basis for real-time mitigation measures as described in (6)(c) above.
(v) Results of the vessel-based marine mammal monitoring shall be
used to calculate the estimation of the number of ``takes'' from the
marine surveys and equipment recovery and maintenance program.
(b) Protected Species Observers and Training
[[Page 20111]]
(i) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat observers and NMFS-approved
field biologists.
(ii) Experienced field crew leaders shall supervise the PSO teams
in the field. New PSOs shall be paired with experienced observers to
avoid situations where lack of experience impairs the quality of
observations.
(iii) Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers
in 2015 shall be individuals with experience as observers during recent
seismic or shallow hazards monitoring projects in Alaska, the Canadian
Beaufort, or other offshore areas in recent years.
(iv) Resumes for PSO candidates shall be provided to NMFS for
review and acceptance of their qualifications. Inupiat observers shall
be experienced in the region and familiar with the marine mammals of
the area.
(v) All observers shall complete a NMFS-approved observer training
course designed to familiarize individuals with monitoring and data
collection procedures. The training course shall be completed before
the anticipated start of the 2015 open-water season. The training
session(s) shall be conducted by qualified marine mammalogists with
extensive crew-leader experience during previous vessel-based
monitoring programs.
(vi) Training for both Alaska native PSOs and biologist PSOs shall
be conducted at the same time in the same room. There shall not be
separate training courses for the different PSOs.
(vii) Crew members should not be used as primary PSOs because they
have other duties and generally do not have the same level of
expertise, experience, or training as PSOs, but they could be stationed
on the fantail of the vessel to observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array, and implement a power-down or shutdown if
a marine mammal enters the safety zone (or exclusion zone).
(viii) If crew members are to be used as PSOs, they shall go
through some basic training consistent with the functions they will be
asked to perform. The best approach would be for crew members and PSOs
to go through the same training together.
(ix) PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (e.g., videos,
photos), to help them identify the species that they are likely to
encounter in the conditions under which the animals will likely be
seen.
(x) SAE shall train its PSOs to follow a scanning schedule that
consistently distributes scanning effort according to the purpose and
need for observations. All PSOs should follow the same schedule to
ensure consistency in their scanning efforts.
(xi) PSOs shall be trained in documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should record the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or moving away
from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine mammals.
(c) Marine Mammal Observation Protocol
(i) PSOs shall watch for marine mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge.
(ii) Observations by the PSOs on marine mammal presence and
activity shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the estimated
time that the seismic source is to be turned on and/or ramped-up.
Monitoring shall continue during the airgun operations and last until
30 minutes after airgun array stops firing.
(iii) For comparison purposes, PSOs shall also document marine
mammal occurrence, density, and behavior during at least some periods
when airguns are not operating
(iv) PSOs shall scan systematically with the unaided eye and 7 x 50
reticle binoculars, supplemented with 20 x 60 image-stabilized
binoculars or 25 x 150 binoculars, and night-vision equipment when
needed.
(v) Personnel on the bridge shall assist the marine mammal
observer(s) in watching for marine mammals.
(vi) PSOs aboard the marine survey vessel shall give particular
attention to the areas within the marine mammal exclusion zones around
the source vessel, as noted in (6)(a)(i) and (ii). They shall avoid the
tendency to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or entering
data on forms, both of which detract from their primary purpose of
monitoring the exclusion zone.
(vii) Monitoring shall consist of recording of the following
information:
(A) The species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if
determinable), the general behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue,
behavioral pace, and apparent reaction of all marine mammals seen near
the seismic vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none, avoidance,
approach, paralleling, etc);
(B) The time, location, heading, speed, and activity of the vessel
(shooting or not), along with sea state, visibility, cloud cover and
sun glare at (I) any time a marine mammal is sighted (including
pinnipeds hauled out on barrier islands), (II) at the start and end of
each watch, and (III) during a watch (whenever there is a change in one
or more variable);
(C) The identification of all vessels that are visible within 5 km
of the seismic vessel whenever a marine mammal is sighted and the time
observed;
(D) Any identifiable marine mammal behavioral response (sighting
data should be collected in a manner that will not detract from the
PSO's ability to detect marine mammals);
(E) Any adjustments made to operating procedures; and
(F) Visibility during observation periods so that total estimates
of take can be corrected accordingly.
(vii) Distances to nearby marine mammals will be estimated with
binoculars (7 x 50 binoculars) containing a reticle to measure the
vertical angle of the line of sight to the animal relative to the
horizon. Observers may use a laser rangefinder to test and improve
their abilities for visually estimating distances to objects in the
water.
(viii) PSOs shall understand the importance of classifying marine
mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot identify the
animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
(ix) Additional details about unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ``blow only,'' mysticete with (or without) a dorsal fin, ``seal
splash,'' etc., shall be recorded.
(x) When a marine mammal is seen approaching or within the
exclusion zone applicable to that species, the marine survey crew shall
be notified immediately so that mitigation measures described in (6)
can be promptly implemented.
(xi) SAE shall use the best available technology to improve
detection capability during periods of fog and other types of inclement
weather. Such technology might include night-vision goggles or
binoculars as well as other instruments that incorporate infrared
technology.
(d) Field Data-Recording and Verification
(i) PSOs aboard the vessels shall maintain a digital log of seismic
surveys, noting the date and time of all changes in seismic activity
(ramp-up, power-down, changes in the active seismic source, shutdowns,
etc.) and any corresponding changes in monitoring radii in a software
spreadsheet.
[[Page 20112]]
(ii) PSOs shall utilize a standardized format to record all marine
mammal observations and mitigation actions (seismic source power-downs,
shut-downs, and ramp-ups).
(iii) Information collected during marine mammal observations shall
include the following:
(A) Vessel speed, position, and activity
(B) Date, time, and location of each marine mammal sighting
(C) Number of marine mammals observed, and group size, sex, and age
categories
(D) Observer's name and contact information
(E) Weather, visibility, and ice conditions at the time of
observation
(F) Estimated distance of marine mammals at closest approach
(G) Activity at the time of observation, including possible
attractants present
(H) Animal behavior
(I) Description of the encounter
(J) Duration of encounter
(K) Mitigation action taken
(iv) Data shall be recorded directly into handheld computers or as
a back-up, transferred from hard-copy data sheets into an electronic
database.
(v) A system for quality control and verification of data shall be
facilitated by the pre-season training, supervision by the lead PSOs,
and in-season data checks, and shall be built into the software.
(vi) Computerized data validity checks shall also be conducted, and
the data shall be managed in such a way that it is easily summarized
during and after the field program and transferred into statistical,
graphical, or other programs for further processing.
(e) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
(i) Sound Source Measurements: Using a hydrophone system, the
holder of this Authorization is required to conduct sound source
verification tests for the 1,240 in\3\ seismic airgun array, if this
array is involved in the open-water seismic surveys.
(A) Sound source verification shall consist of distances where
broadside and endfire directions at which broadband received levels
reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for the airgun
array(s).
(B) The test results shall be reported to NMFS within 5 days of
completing the test.
(ii) SAE shall conduct passive acoustic monitoring using fixed
hydrophone(s) to
(A) Collect information on the occurrence and distribution of
marine mammals that may be available to subsistence hunters near
villages located on the Beaufort Sea coast and to document their
relative abundance, habitat use, and migratory patterns; and
(B) Measure the ambient soundscape throughout the Beaufort Sea
coast and to record received levels of sounds from industry and other
activities
(g) SAE shall engage in consultation and coordination with other
oil and gas companies and with federal, state, and borough agencies to
ensure that they have the most up-to-date information and can take
advantage of other monitoring efforts.
(8) Data Analysis and Presentation in Reports:
(a) Estimation of potential takes or exposures shall be improved
for times with low visibility (such as during fog or darkness) through
interpolation or possibly using a probability approach. Those data
could be used to interpolate possible takes during periods of
restricted visibility.
(b) SAE shall provide a database of the information collected, plus
a number of summary analyses and graphics to help NMFS assess the
potential impacts of SAE's survey. Specific summaries/analyses/graphics
would include:
(i) Sound verification results, including isopleths of sound
pressure levels plotted geographically;
(ii) A table or other summary of survey activities (i.e., did the
survey proceed as planned);
(iii) A table of sightings by time, location, species, and distance
from the survey vessel;
(iv) A geographic depiction of sightings for each species by area
and month;
(v) A table and/or graphic summarizing behaviors observed by
species;
(vi) A table and/or graphic summarizing observed responses to the
survey by species;
(vii) A table of mitigation measures (e.g., power-downs, shutdowns)
taken by date, location, and species;
(viii) A graphic of sightings by distance for each species and
location;
(ix) A table or graphic illustrating sightings during the survey
versus sightings when the airguns were silent; and
(x) A summary of times when the survey was interrupted because of
interactions with marine mammals.
(c) To help evaluate the effectiveness of PSOs and more effectively
estimate take, if appropriate data are available, SAE shall perform
analysis of sightability curves (detection functions) for distance-
based analyses.
(d) SAE shall collaborate with other industrial operators in the
area to integrate and synthesize monitoring results as much as possible
(such as submitting ``sightings'' from their monitoring projects to an
online data archive, such as OBIS-SEAMAP) and archive and make the
complete databases available upon request.
(9) Reporting:
(a) Sound Source Verification Report: A report on the preliminary
results of the sound source verification measurements, including the
measured 190, 180, 160, and 120 dB (rms) radii of the 1,240 in\3\
airgun array, shall be submitted within 14 days after collection of
those measurements at the start of the field season. This report will
specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were adopted for the
survey.
(b) Throughout the survey program, PSOs shall prepare a report each
day, or at such other interval as is necessary, summarizing the recent
results of the monitoring program. The reports shall summarize the
species and numbers of marine mammals sighted. These reports shall be
provided to NMFS.
(c) Weekly Reports: SAE will submit weekly reports to NMFS no later
than the close of business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks
when seismic surveys take place. The field reports will summarize
species detected, in-water activity occurring at the time of the
sighting, behavioral reactions to in-water activities, and the number
of marine mammals exposed to harassment level noise.
(d) Monthly Reports: SAE will submit monthly reports to NMFS for
all months during which seismic surveys take place. The monthly reports
will contain and summarize the following information:
(i) Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and
associated activities during the seismic survey and marine mammal
sightings.
(ii) Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated surveys
(number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
(iii) An estimate of the number (by species) of:
(A) Pinnipeds that have been exposed to the seismic surveys (based
on visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160
dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a
discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited; and
(B) Cetaceans that have been exposed to the geophysical activity
(based on visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal
to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with
[[Page 20113]]
a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
(e) Seismic Vessel Monitoring Program: A draft report will be
submitted to the Director, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, within
90 days after the end of SAE's 2015 open-water seismic surveys in the
Beaufort Sea. The report will describe in detail:
(i) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
(ii) Summaries that represent an initial level of interpretation of
the efficacy, measurements, and observations, rather than raw data,
fully processed analyses, or a summary of operations and important
observations;
(iii) Summaries of all mitigation measures (e.g., operational
shutdowns if they occur) and an assessment of the efficacy of the
monitoring methods;
(iv) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
(v) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
(vi) Data analysis separated into periods when an airgun array (or
a single airgun) is operating and when it is not, to better assess
impacts to marine mammals;
(vii) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability), such as:
(A) Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
(B) Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
(C) Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state;
(D) Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun activity
state;
(E) Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun activity
state; and
(F) Estimates of take by harassment;
(viii) Reported results from all hypothesis tests, including
estimates of the associated statistical power, when practicable;
(ix) Estimates of uncertainty in all take estimates, with
uncertainty expressed by the presentation of confidence limits, a
minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, or another
applicable method, with the exact approach to be selected based on the
sampling method and data available;
(x) A clear comparison of authorized takes and the level of actual
estimated takes; and
(xi) A complete characterization of the acoustic footprint
resulting from various activity states.
(d) The draft report shall be subject to review and comment by
NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final
report prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered
the final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has
not provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of
the draft report.
(10) (a) In the unanticipated event that survey operations clearly
cause the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this
Authorization, such as an serious injury or mortality (e.g., ship-
strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), SAE shall immediately
cease survey operations and immediately report the incident to the
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The report must include the following
information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
(iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the
incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
(ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is
available).
(b) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with SAE to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SAE may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(c) In the event that SAE discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph),
SAE will immediately report the incident to the Chief, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-
8401, and/or by email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and Barabara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The report must
include the same information identified in Condition 10(a) above.
Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the
incident. NMFS will work with SAE to determine whether modifications in
the activities are appropriate.
(d) In the event that SAE discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not
associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 3
of this Authorization (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with
moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), SAE shall
report the incident to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401, and/or by email
to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS Alaska
Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), within 24 hours of the discovery. SAE shall
provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine
Mammal Stranding Network. SAE can continue its operations under such a
case.
(11) Activities related to the monitoring described in this
Authorization do not require a separate scientific research permit
issued under section 104 of the Marine Mammal Protection Act.
(12) The Plan of Cooperation outlining the steps that will be taken
to cooperate and communicate with the native communities to ensure the
availability of marine mammals for subsistence uses, must be
implemented.
(13) This Authorization may be modified, suspended, or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there
[[Page 20114]]
is an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or
stocks for subsistence uses.
(14) A copy of this Authorization and the Incidental Take Statement
must be in the possession of each seismic vessel operator taking marine
mammals under the authority of this Incidental Harassment
Authorization.
(15) SAE is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the
Incidental Take Statement corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for SAE's proposed 3D
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. Please include with your comments
any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final
decision on SAE's request for an MMPA authorization.
Dated: April 8, 2015.
Wanda Cain,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2015-08481 Filed 4-13-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P